عَالَمِين AALAMIN Read the Qur'an in context Read the Qur'an

Read the surah · Surah 6

Al-An'aamالأنعام

The Cattle · 165 verses · Meccan

In plain wordsEditorial

An editorial summary of the translations. Not a translation or tafsir.

One hundred and sixty-five verses arguing for one God against the practices of Mecca: animals dedicated to idols, prohibitions nobody was given, and Abraham watching a star, a moon and a sun each set and rejecting them in turn — taking its name from the cattle set aside in those dedications.

not a scholar — what this signature means

I am not a scholar, and nothing here asks you to treat me as one. The plain words on this site are my restatement of what the five translations shown above say, together with counts derived from the text itself — nothing more. I sign them so that a named person is accountable for every sentence, not so you'll take my word for anything. The authority on this page is the text and its translators. If my words don't match theirs, mine are the ones that are wrong.

The whole surah, verse after verse, in the language you have chosen.

Easy-read

Easy-read · not authoritative

Talal Itani · published 2012

We open with the most modern, plain-English rendering to make reading easier. Every translation is shown equally - switch any time, or compare them on any verse.

Verse 1 of 165

1%

6:1

ٱلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ وَجَعَلَ ٱلظُّلُمَٰتِ وَٱلنُّورَ ثُمَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ بِرَبِّهِمْ يَعْدِلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)al-hamdu lillaahi lladhee khalaqa s-samaawaati wal-'arda waja'ala z-zulumaati wan-noora thumma lladheena kafaroo birabbihim ya'diloon

DIN 31635al-ḥamdu lillāhi llaḏī ḫalaqa s-samāwāti wal-ʾarḍa waǧaʿala ẓ-ẓulumāti wan-nūra ṯumma llaḏīna kafarū birabbihim yaʿdilūna

Praise be to God, Who created the heavens and the earth, and made the darkness and the light. Yet those who disbelieve ascribe equals to their Lord.

Compare translations (4)

Praise be to Allah, Who hath created the heavens and the earth, and hath appointed darkness and light. Yet those who disbelieve ascribe rivals unto their Lord

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Praise belongs to God who created the heavens and the earth, and brought into being the darkness and the light. Yet do those who misbelieve hold Him to have peers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

PRAISE be to God, who hath created the Heavens and the Earth, and ordained the darkness and the light! Yet unto their Lord do the infidels give peers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

All praise belongs to God Who created the heavens and the earth and brought into being darkness and light; yet those who disbelieve set up equals to their Lord

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:2

هُوَ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَكُم مِّن طِينٍ ثُمَّ قَضَىٰٓ أَجَلًا وَأَجَلٌ مُّسَمًّى عِندَهُۥ ثُمَّ أَنتُمْ تَمْتَرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)huwa lladhee khalaqakum min teenin thumma qadaa ajalan wa'ajalun musamman 'indahu thumma antum tamtaroon

DIN 31635huwa llaḏī ḫalaqakum min ṭīnin ṯumma qaḍā ʾaǧalan waʾaǧalun musamman ʿindahu ṯumma ʾantum tamtarūna

It is He who created you from clay, then decided a term-a term determined by him. Yet you doubt.

Compare translations (4)

He it is Who hath created you from clay, and hath decreed a term for you. A term is fixed with Him. Yet still ye doubt

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He it is who created you from clay; then He decreed a term, a term ordained with Him. And yet ye doubt thereof

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

He it is who created you of clay then decreed the term of your life: and with Him is another prefixed term for the resurrection. Yet have ye doubts thereof

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

He it is Who created you from clay and then He decreed a term. And there is another term fixed with Him. Yet you doubt

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:3

وَهُوَ ٱللَّهُ فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَفِى ٱلْأَرْضِ يَعْلَمُ سِرَّكُمْ وَجَهْرَكُمْ وَيَعْلَمُ مَا تَكْسِبُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wahuwa llaahu fee s-samaawaati wafee l-'ardi ya'lamu sirrakum wajahrakum waya'lamu maa taksiboon

DIN 31635wahuwa llāhu fī s-samāwāti wafī l-ʾarḍi yaʿlamu sirrakum waǧahrakum wayaʿlamu mā taksibūna

He is God in the heavens and the earth. He knows what you keep secret and what you make public; and He knows what you earn.

Compare translations (4)

He is Allah in the heavens and in the earth. He knoweth both your secret and your utterance, and He knoweth what ye earn

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He is God in the heavens and the earth. He knows your secret conduct and your plain, and He knows what ye earn

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And He is God in the Heavens and on the Earth! He knoweth your secrets and your disclosures! and He knoweth what ye deserve

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And He is God, the God, both in the heavens and in the earth. He knows what you disclose and your secrets. And He knows what you earn

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:4

وَمَا تَأْتِيهِم مِّنْ ءَايَةٍ مِّنْ ءَايَٰتِ رَبِّهِمْ إِلَّا كَانُوا۟ عَنْهَا مُعْرِضِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamaa ta'teehim min aayatin min aayaati rabbihim illaa kaanoo 'anhaa mu'rideen

DIN 31635wamā taʾtīhim min ʾāyatin min ʾāyāti rabbihim ʾillā kānū ʿanhā muʿriḍīna

Not one of their Lord's signs comes to them, but they turn away from it.

Compare translations (4)

Never came there unto them a revelation of the revelations of Allah but they did turn away from it

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

There came not to them any sign of the signs of their Lord, but they turned away

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Never did one single sign from among the signs of their Lord come to them, but they turned away from it

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And there comes not to them any Sign of the Signs of their Lord, but they turn away from it

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:5

فَقَدْ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِٱلْحَقِّ لَمَّا جَآءَهُمْ فَسَوْفَ يَأْتِيهِمْ أَنۢبَٰٓؤُا۟ مَا كَانُوا۟ بِهِۦ يَسْتَهْزِءُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)faqad kadhdhaboo bil-haqqi lammaa jaa'ahum fasawfa ya'teehim anbaa'u maa kaanoo bihi yastahzi'oon

DIN 31635faqad kaḏḏabū bil-ḥaqqi lammā ǧāʾahum fasawfa yaʾtīhim ʾanbāʾu mā kānū bihi yastahziʾūna

They denied the truth when it has come to them; but soon will reach them the news of what they used to ridicule.

Compare translations (4)

And they denied the truth when it came unto them. But there will come unto them the tidings of that which they used to deride

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

and they have called the truth a lie now that it has come to them, but there shall come to them the message of that at which they mocked

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And now, after it hath reached them, have they treated the truth itself as a lie. But in the end, a message as to that which they have mocked, shall reach them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

So they rejected the truth when it came to them; but soon shall come to them the tidings of that at which they mocked

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:6

أَلَمْ يَرَوْا۟ كَمْ أَهْلَكْنَا مِن قَبْلِهِم مِّن قَرْنٍ مَّكَّنَّٰهُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ مَا لَمْ نُمَكِّن لَّكُمْ وَأَرْسَلْنَا ٱلسَّمَآءَ عَلَيْهِم مِّدْرَارًا وَجَعَلْنَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرَ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهِمْ فَأَهْلَكْنَٰهُم بِذُنُوبِهِمْ وَأَنشَأْنَا مِنۢ بَعْدِهِمْ قَرْنًا ءَاخَرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alam yaraw kam ahlaknaa min qablihim min qarnin makkannaahum fee l-'ardi maa lam numakkin lakum wa'arsalnaa s-samaa'a 'alayhim midraaran waja'alnaa l-'anhaara tajree min tahtihim fa'ahlaknaahum bidhunoobihim wa'ansha'naa min ba'dihim qarnan aakhareen

DIN 31635ʾalam yaraw kam ʾahlaknā min qablihim min qarnin makkannāhum fī l-ʾarḍi mā lam numakkin lakum waʾarsalnā s-samāʾa ʿalayhim midrāran waǧaʿalnā l-ʾanhāra taǧrī min taḥtihim faʾahlaknāhum biḏunūbihim waʾanšaʾnā min baʿdihim qarnan ʾāḫarīna

Have they not considered how many generations We destroyed before them? We had established them on earth more firmly than We established you, and We sent the clouds pouring down abundant rain on them, and We made rivers flow beneath them. But We destroyed them for their sins, and established other civilizations after them.

Compare translations (4)

See they not how many a generation We destroyed before them, whom We had established in the earth more firmly than We have established you, and We shed on them abundant showers from the sky, and made the rivers flow beneath them. Yet we destroyed them for their sins, and created after them another generation

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Do not they see how many a generation we have destroyed before them, whom we had settled in the earth as we have not settled for you, and sent the rain of heaven upon them in copious showers, and made the waters flow beneath them? Then we destroyed them in their sins, and raised up other generations after them

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

See they not how many generations we have destroyed before them? We had settled them on the earth as we have not settled you, and we sent down the very heavens upon them in copious rains, and we made the rivers to flow beneath their feet: yet we destroyed them in their sins, and raised up other generations to succeed them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

See they not how many a generation We have destroyed before them? We had established them in the earth as We have not established you and We sent the clouds over them, pouring down abundant rain; and We caused streams to flow beneath them; then did We destroy them because of their sins and raised up after them another generation

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:7

وَلَوْ نَزَّلْنَا عَلَيْكَ كِتَٰبًا فِى قِرْطَاسٍ فَلَمَسُوهُ بِأَيْدِيهِمْ لَقَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوٓا۟ إِنْ هَٰذَآ إِلَّا سِحْرٌ مُّبِينٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaw nazzalnaa 'alayka kitaaban fee qirtaasin falamasoohu bi'aydeehim laqaala lladheena kafaroo in haadhaa illaa sihrun mubeen

DIN 31635walaw nazzalnā ʿalayka kitāban fī qirṭāsin falamasūhu biʾaydīhim laqāla llaḏīna kafarū ʾin hāḏā ʾillā siḥrun mubīnun

Had We sent down upon you a book on paper, and they had touched it with their hands, those who disbelieve would have said, "This is nothing but plain magic."

Compare translations (4)

Had we sent down unto thee (Muhammad) (actual) writing upon parchment, so that they could feel it with their hands, those who disbelieve would have said: This is naught else than mere magic

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Had we sent down to thee a book on paper, and they had touched it with their hands, still those who misbelieve would have said, 'This is naught but obvious magic

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And had we sent down to thee a Book written on parchment, and they had touched it with their hands, the infidels had surely said, "This is nought but plain sorcery

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And if We had sent down to thee a writing upon the parchment and they had felt it with their hands even then the disbelievers would have surely said, 'This is nothing but manifest sorcery

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:8

وَقَالُوا۟ لَوْلَآ أُنزِلَ عَلَيْهِ مَلَكٌ وَلَوْ أَنزَلْنَا مَلَكًا لَّقُضِىَ ٱلْأَمْرُ ثُمَّ لَا يُنظَرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waqaaloo lawlaa unzila 'alayhi malakun walaw anzalnaa malakan laqudiya l-'amru thumma laa yunzaroon

DIN 31635waqālū lawlā ʾunzila ʿalayhi malakun walaw ʾanzalnā malakan laquḍiya l-ʾamru ṯumma lā yunẓarūna

And they say, "Why was an angel not sent down to him." Had We sent down an angel, the matter would have been settled, and they would not have been reprieved.

Compare translations (4)

They say: Why hath not an angel been sent down unto him? If We sent down an angel, then the matter would be judged; no further time would be allowed them (for reflection)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They say, 'Why has not an angel been sent down to him?' but if we had sent down an angel, the affair would have been decided, and then they would have had no respite

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They say, too, "Unless an angel be sent down to him. . . ." But if we had sent down an angel, their judgment would have come on them at once, and they would have had no respite

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And they say, 'Why has not an angel been sent down to him?' And if We had sent down an angel, the matter would have been decided, and then they would have been granted no respite

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:9

وَلَوْ جَعَلْنَٰهُ مَلَكًا لَّجَعَلْنَٰهُ رَجُلًا وَلَلَبَسْنَا عَلَيْهِم مَّا يَلْبِسُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaw ja'alnaahu malakan laja'alnaahu rajulan walalabasnaa 'alayhim maa yalbisoon

DIN 31635walaw ǧaʿalnāhu malakan laǧaʿalnāhu raǧulan walalabasnā ʿalayhim mā yalbisūna

Had We made him an angel, We would have made him a man, and confused them when they are already confused.

Compare translations (4)

Had we appointed him (Our messenger) an angel, We assuredly had made him (as) a man (that he might speak to men); and (thus) obscured for them (the truth) they (now) obscure

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And had we made him an angel, we should have made him as a man too; and we would have made perplexing for them that which they deem perplexing now

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And if we had appointed an angel, we should certainly have appointed one in the form of a man, and we should have clothed him before them in garments like their own

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And if We had appointed as Messenger an angel, We would have made him appear as a man; and thus We would have caused to be confused to them that which they are themselves confusing

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:10

وَلَقَدِ ٱسْتُهْزِئَ بِرُسُلٍ مِّن قَبْلِكَ فَحَاقَ بِٱلَّذِينَ سَخِرُوا۟ مِنْهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ بِهِۦ يَسْتَهْزِءُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaqadi stuhzi'a birusulin min qablika fahaaqa billadheena sakhiroo minhum maa kaanoo bihi yastahzi'oon

DIN 31635walaqadi stuhziʾa birusulin min qablika faḥāqa billaḏīna saḫirū minhum mā kānū bihi yastahziʾūna

The translators word this verse differently

Messengers before you were ridiculed, but those who mocked them became besieged by what they ridiculed.

Compare translations (4)

Messengers (of Allah) have been derided before thee, but that whereat they scoffed surrounded such of them as did deride

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

There have been prophets before thee mocked at, but that encompassed them which the scoffers among them mocked at

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Moreover, apostles before thee have been laughed to scorn: but that which they laughed to scorn encompassed the mockers among them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And surely the Messengers have been mocked at before thee, but that which they mocked at encompassed those of them who scoffed at it

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:11

قُلْ سِيرُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ثُمَّ ٱنظُرُوا۟ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَٰقِبَةُ ٱلْمُكَذِّبِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul seeroo fee l-'ardi thumma nzuroo kayfa kaana 'aaqibatu l-mukadhdhibeen

DIN 31635qul sīrū fī l-ʾarḍi ṯumma nẓurū kayfa kāna ʿāqibatu l-mukaḏḏibīna

The translators word this verse differently

Say, "Travel the earth and observe the final fate of the deniers."

Compare translations (4)

Say (unto the disbelievers): Travel in the land, and see the nature of the consequence for the rejecters

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'Go about in the earth, then wilt thou see how has been the end of those who called them liars

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: Go through the land: then see what hath been the end of those who treated them as liars

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, 'Go about in the earth and see what was the end of those who treated the Prophets as liars

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:12

قُل لِّمَن مَّا فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ قُل لِّلَّهِ كَتَبَ عَلَىٰ نَفْسِهِ ٱلرَّحْمَةَ لَيَجْمَعَنَّكُمْ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ لَا رَيْبَ فِيهِ ٱلَّذِينَ خَسِرُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ فَهُمْ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul liman maa fee s-samaawaati wal-'ardi qul lillaahi kataba 'alaa nafsihi r-rahmata layajma'annakum ilaa yawmi l-qiyaamati laa rayba feehi lladheena khasiroo anfusahum fahum laa yu'minoon

DIN 31635qul liman mā fī s-samāwāti wal-ʾarḍi qul lillāhi kataba ʿalā nafsihi r-raḥmata layaǧmaʿannakum ʾilā yawmi l-qiyāmati lā rayba fīhi llaḏīna ḫasirū ʾanfusahum fahum lā yuʾminūna

Say, "To whom belongs what is in the heavens and the earth?" Say, "To God." He has inscribed for Himself mercy. He will gather you to the Day of Resurrection, in which there is no doubt. Those who lost their souls do not believe.

Compare translations (4)

Say: Unto whom belongeth whatsoever is in the heavens and the earth? Say: Unto Allah. He hath prescribed for Himself mercy, that He may bring you all together to the Day of Resurrection whereof there is no doubt. Those who ruin their souls will not believe

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'Whose is what is in the heavens and the earth?' Say, 'God's, who has imposed mercy on himself.' He will surely gather you together for the resurrection day. There is no doubt in that, but those who waste their souls will not believe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: Whose is all that is in the Heavens and the Earth? SAY: God's. He had imposed mercy on Himself as a law. He will surely assemble you on the Resurrection day; there is no doubt of it. They who are the authors of their own ruin, are they who will not believe

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, 'To whom belongs what is in the heavens and the earth?' Say, 'To God.' He has taken upon Himself to show mercy. He will certainly continue to assemble you till the Day of Resurrection. There is no doubt in it. Those who have ruined their souls will not believe

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:13

وَلَهُۥ مَا سَكَنَ فِى ٱلَّيْلِ وَٱلنَّهَارِ وَهُوَ ٱلسَّمِيعُ ٱلْعَلِيمُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walahu maa sakana fee llayli wan-nahaari wahuwa s-samee'u l-'aleem

DIN 31635walahu mā sakana fī llayli wan-nahāri wahuwa s-samīʿu l-ʿalīmu

To Him belongs whatever rests in the night and the day. He is the Hearing, the Knowing.

Compare translations (4)

Unto Him belongeth whatsoever resteth in the night and the day. He is the Hearer, the Knower

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

His is whatsoever dwells in the night or in the day, He both hears and knows

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

His, whatsoever hath its dwelling in the night and in the day! and He, the Hearing, the Knowing

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

To Him belongs whatever exists in the darkness of the night and the light of the day. And He is All-Hearing, the All-Knowing

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:14

قُلْ أَغَيْرَ ٱللَّهِ أَتَّخِذُ وَلِيًّا فَاطِرِ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَهُوَ يُطْعِمُ وَلَا يُطْعَمُ قُلْ إِنِّىٓ أُمِرْتُ أَنْ أَكُونَ أَوَّلَ مَنْ أَسْلَمَ وَلَا تَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul aghayra llaahi attakhidhu waliyyan faatiri s-samaawaati wal-'ardi wahuwa yut'imu walaa yut'amu qul innee umirtu an akoona awwala man aslama walaa takoonanna mina l-mushrikeen

DIN 31635qul ʾaġayra llāhi ʾattaḫiḏu waliyyan fāṭiri s-samāwāti wal-ʾarḍi wahuwa yuṭʿimu walā yuṭʿamu qul ʾinnī ʾumirtu ʾan ʾakūna ʾawwala man ʾaslama walā takūnanna mina l-mušrikīna

Say, "Shall I take for myself a protector other than God, Originator of the heavens and the earth, and He feeds and is not fed?" Say, "I am instructed to be the first of those who submit." And do not be among the idolaters.

Compare translations (4)

Say: Shall I choose for a protecting friend other than Allah, the Originator of the heavens and the earth, Who feedeth and is never fed? Say: I am ordered to be the first to surrender (unto Him). And be not thou (O Muhammad) of the idolaters

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'Other than God shall I take for a patron, the Originator of the heavens and the earth? He feedeth men, but is not fed.' Say, 'I am bidden to be the first of those resigned;' and it was said to me, 'Be not thou of the idolaters

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: Other than God shall I take as Lord, maker of the Heavens and of the Earth, who nourisheth all, and of none is nourished? SAY: Verily, I am bidden to be the first of those who surrender them to God (profess Islam): and, be not thou of those who join gods with God

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, 'Shall I take any protector other than God, the Maker of the heavens and the earth, Who feeds and is not fed?' Say, 'I have been commanded to be the first of those who submit.' And be thou not of those who associate partners with God

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:15

قُلْ إِنِّىٓ أَخَافُ إِنْ عَصَيْتُ رَبِّى عَذَابَ يَوْمٍ عَظِيمٍ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul innee akhaafu in 'asaytu rabbee 'adhaaba yawmin 'azeem

DIN 31635qul ʾinnī ʾaḫāfu ʾin ʿaṣaytu rabbī ʿaḏāba yawmin ʿaẓīmin

Say, "I fear, should I defy my Lord, the punishment of a tremendous Day."

Compare translations (4)

Say: I fear, if I rebel against my Lord, the retribution of an Awful Day

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'I fear, if I rebel against my Lord, the torment of the mighty day

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: Verily, I fear, should I rebel against my Lord, the punishment of the great day

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, 'Indeed I fear, if I disobey my Lord, the punishment of an awful day

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:16

مَّن يُصْرَفْ عَنْهُ يَوْمَئِذٍ فَقَدْ رَحِمَهُۥ وَذَٰلِكَ ٱلْفَوْزُ ٱلْمُبِينُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)man yusraf 'anhu yawma'idhin faqad rahimahu wadhaalika l-fawzu l-mubeen

DIN 31635man yuṣraf ʿanhu yawmaʾiḏin faqad raḥimahu waḏālika l-fawzu l-mubīnu

Whoever is spared on that Day-He had mercy on him. That is the clear victory.

Compare translations (4)

He from whom (such retribution) is averted on that day, (Allah) hath in truth had mercy on him. That will be the signal triumph

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Whomsoever it is averted from on that day, God will have had mercy on; and that is obvious happiness

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

From whomsoever it shall be averted on that day, He will have had mercy on him: and this will be the manifest bliss

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

He from whom it is averted on that day, God indeed has had mercy on him. And that indeed is a manifest achievement

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:17

وَإِن يَمْسَسْكَ ٱللَّهُ بِضُرٍّ فَلَا كَاشِفَ لَهُۥٓ إِلَّا هُوَ وَإِن يَمْسَسْكَ بِخَيْرٍ فَهُوَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَدِيرٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'in yamsaska llaahu bidurrin falaa kaashifa lahu illaa huwa wa'in yamsaska bikhayrin fahuwa 'alaa kulli shay'in qadeer

DIN 31635waʾin yamsaska llāhu biḍurrin falā kāšifa lahu ʾillā huwa waʾin yamsaska biḫayrin fahuwa ʿalā kulli šayʾin qadīrun

If God touches you with adversity, none can remove it except He. And if He touches you with good-He is Capable of everything.

Compare translations (4)

If Allah touch thee with affliction, there is none that can relieve therefrom save Him, and if He touch thee with good fortune (there is none that can impair it); for He is Able to do all things

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And if God touch thee with harm, there is none to take it off but He; and if He touch thee with good, He is mighty over all

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

If God touch thee with trouble, none can take it off but He: and if He visit thee with good - it is He whose power is over all things

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And if God touch thee with affliction, there is none to remove it but He; and if He touch thee with happiness, then He has the power to do all that He wills

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:18

وَهُوَ ٱلْقَاهِرُ فَوْقَ عِبَادِهِۦ وَهُوَ ٱلْحَكِيمُ ٱلْخَبِيرُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wahuwa l-qaahiru fawqa 'ibaadihi wahuwa l-hakeemu l-khabeer

DIN 31635wahuwa l-qāhiru fawqa ʿibādihi wahuwa l-ḥakīmu l-ḫabīru

He is the Supreme over His servants. He is the Wise, the Expert.

Compare translations (4)

He is the Omnipotent over His slaves, and He is the Wise, the Knower

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He is sovereign over His servants, He is the wise, the aware

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And He is the Supreme over his servants; and He is the Wise, the Cognisant

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And He is supreme over His servants; and He is the Wise, the All-Aware

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:19

قُلْ أَىُّ شَىْءٍ أَكْبَرُ شَهَٰدَةً قُلِ ٱللَّهُ شَهِيدٌۢ بَيْنِى وَبَيْنَكُمْ وَأُوحِىَ إِلَىَّ هَٰذَا ٱلْقُرْءَانُ لِأُنذِرَكُم بِهِۦ وَمَنۢ بَلَغَ أَئِنَّكُمْ لَتَشْهَدُونَ أَنَّ مَعَ ٱللَّهِ ءَالِهَةً أُخْرَىٰ قُل لَّآ أَشْهَدُ قُلْ إِنَّمَا هُوَ إِلَٰهٌ وَٰحِدٌ وَإِنَّنِى بَرِىٓءٌ مِّمَّا تُشْرِكُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul ayyu shay'in akbaru shahaadatan quli llaahu shaheedun baynee wabaynakum wa'oohiya ilayya haadhaa l-qur'aanu li'undhirakum bihi waman balagha a'innakum latashhadoona anna ma'a llaahi aalihatan ukhraa qul laa ashhadu qul innamaa huwa ilaahun waahidun wa'innanee baree'un mimmaa tushrikoon

DIN 31635qul ʾayyu šayʾin ʾakbaru šahādatan quli llāhu šahīdun baynī wabaynakum waʾūḥiya ʾilayya hāḏā l-qurʾānu liʾunḏirakum bihi waman balaġa ʾaʾinnakum latašhadūna ʾanna maʿa llāhi ʾālihatan ʾuḫrā qul lā ʾašhadu qul ʾinnamā huwa ʾilāhun wāḥidun waʾinnanī barīʾun mimmā tušrikūna

Say, "What thing is more solemn in testimony?" Say, "God is Witness between you and me. This Quran was revealed to me, that I may warn you with it, and whomever it may reach. Do you indeed testify that there are other gods with God?" Say, "I myself do not testify." Say, "He is but One God, and I am innocent of your idolatry."

Compare translations (4)

Say (O Muhammad): What thing is of most weight in testimony? Say: Allah is Witness between me and you. And this Qur'an hath been inspired in me, that I may warn therewith you and whomsoever it may reach. Do ye in sooth bear witness that there are gods beside Allah? Say: I bear no such witness. Say: He is only One Allah. Lo! I am innocent of that which ye associate (with Him)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'What is the greatest witness?' Say, 'God is witness between you and me.' This Qur'an was inspired to me to warn you and those it reaches. Do ye really bear witness that with God are other gods? Say, 'I bear not witness thereto:' say, 'He is but one God, and I am clear of your associating (gods with him)

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: What thing is weightiest in bearing witness? SAY: God is witness between me and you; and this Koran hath been revealed to me that I should warn you by it, and all whom it shall reach. What! will ye really bear witness that there are other gods with God? SAY: I bear no such witness. SAY: Verily, He is one God, and truly am guiltless of what ye join with Him

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, 'What thing is the weightiest in testimony.' Say, 'God is a Witness between me and you. And this Qur'an has been revealed to me so that with it I may warn you, as well as whomsoever it reaches, of the impending punishment. What! do you really bear witness that there are other gods besides God?' Say, 'I bear not witness thereto.' Say, 'He is the One God, and certainly I am innocent of that which you associate with Him

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:20

ٱلَّذِينَ ءَاتَيْنَٰهُمُ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ يَعْرِفُونَهُۥ كَمَا يَعْرِفُونَ أَبْنَآءَهُمُ ٱلَّذِينَ خَسِرُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ فَهُمْ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alladheena aataynaahumu l-kitaaba ya'rifoonahu kamaa ya'rifoona abnaa'ahumu lladheena khasiroo anfusahum fahum laa yu'minoon

DIN 31635allaḏīna ʾātaynāhumu l-kitāba yaʿrifūnahu kamā yaʿrifūna ʾabnāʾahumu llaḏīna ḫasirū ʾanfusahum fahum lā yuʾminūna

Those to whom We have given the Book recognize it as they recognize their own children; but those who have lost their souls do not believe.

Compare translations (4)

Those unto whom We gave the Scripture recognise (this revelation) as they recognise their sons. Those who ruin their own souls will not believe

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Those to whom we have brought the Book know him as they know their sons;- those who lose their souls do not believe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They to whom we have given the Book, recognise him (Muhammad) as they do their own children: but they who are the authors of their own perdition are they who will not believe

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Those to whom We gave the Book recognize him as they recognize their sons. But those who ruin their souls -- they will not believe

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:21

وَمَنْ أَظْلَمُ مِمَّنِ ٱفْتَرَىٰ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ كَذِبًا أَوْ كَذَّبَ بِـَٔايَٰتِهِۦٓ إِنَّهُۥ لَا يُفْلِحُ ٱلظَّٰلِمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waman azlamu mimmani ftaraa 'alaa llaahi kadhiban aw kadhdhaba bi'aayaatihi innahu laa yuflihu z-zaalimoon

DIN 31635waman ʾaẓlamu mimmani ftarā ʿalā llāhi kaḏiban ʾaw kaḏḏaba biʾāyātihi ʾinnahu lā yufliḥu ẓ-ẓālimūna

Who does greater wrong than someone who fabricates lies against God, or denies His revelations? The wrongdoers will not succeed.

Compare translations (4)

Who doth greater wrong than he who inventeth a lie against Allah or denieth His revelations? Lo! the wrongdoers will not be successful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Who is more unjust than he who forges against God a lie, or says His signs are lies? verily, the unjust shall not prosper

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And who more wicked than he who inventeth a lie concerning God, or who treateth our signs as lies? Verily those wicked ones shall not prosper

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And who is more unjust than he who forges a lie against God or treat His Signs as lies? Surely the unjust shall not prosper

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:22

وَيَوْمَ نَحْشُرُهُمْ جَمِيعًا ثُمَّ نَقُولُ لِلَّذِينَ أَشْرَكُوٓا۟ أَيْنَ شُرَكَآؤُكُمُ ٱلَّذِينَ كُنتُمْ تَزْعُمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wayawma nahshuruhum jamee'an thumma naqoolu lilladheena ashrakoo ayna shurakaa'ukumu lladheena kuntum taz'umoon

DIN 31635wayawma naḥšuruhum ǧamīʿan ṯumma naqūlu lillaḏīna ʾašrakū ʾayna šurakāʾukumu llaḏīna kuntum tazʿumūna

On the Day when We gather them all together, then say to the idolaters, "Where are your idols, those you used to claim?"

Compare translations (4)

And on the day We gather them together We shall say unto those who ascribed partners (unto Allah): Where are (now) those partners of your make-believe

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

On the day when we shall gather them all together, then shall we say to those who have associated others with ourself, 'Where are your associates whom ye did pretend

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And on "the Day" we will gather them all together: then will we say to those who joined gods with God, "Where are those companion - gods of yours, as ye supposed them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And think of the day when We shall gather them all together; then shall We say to those who associated partners with God, 'Where are the partners you spoke of -- those whom you asserted

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:23

ثُمَّ لَمْ تَكُن فِتْنَتُهُمْ إِلَّآ أَن قَالُوا۟ وَٱللَّهِ رَبِّنَا مَا كُنَّا مُشْرِكِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)thumma lam takun fitnatuhum illaa an qaaloo wallaahi rabbinaa maa kunnaa mushrikeen

DIN 31635ṯumma lam takun fitnatuhum ʾillā ʾan qālū wallāhi rabbinā mā kunnā mušrikīna

Then their only argument will be to say, "By God, our Lord, we were not idolaters."

Compare translations (4)

Then will they have no contention save that they will say: By Allah, our Lord, we never were idolaters

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Then they will have no excuse but to say, 'By God our Lord, we did not associate (others with thee)

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Then shall they find no other excuse than to say, "By God our Lord! we joined not companions with Him

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Then they will have no excuse save that they shall say, 'By God, our Lord, we were not idolaters

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:24

ٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ كَذَبُوا۟ عَلَىٰٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ وَضَلَّ عَنْهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ يَفْتَرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)unzur kayfa kadhaboo 'alaa anfusihim wadalla 'anhum maa kaanoo yaftaroon

DIN 31635unẓur kayfa kaḏabū ʿalā ʾanfusihim waḍalla ʿanhum mā kānū yaftarūna

Look how they lied to themselves. And what they invented deserted them.

Compare translations (4)

See how they lie against themselves, and (how) the thing which they devised hath failed them

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

See how they lie against themselves, and how what they did forge deserts them

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Behold! how they lie against themselves - and the gods of their own inventing desert them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

See how they shall lie against themselves. And that which they fabricated shall fail them

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:25

وَمِنْهُم مَّن يَسْتَمِعُ إِلَيْكَ وَجَعَلْنَا عَلَىٰ قُلُوبِهِمْ أَكِنَّةً أَن يَفْقَهُوهُ وَفِىٓ ءَاذَانِهِمْ وَقْرًا وَإِن يَرَوْا۟ كُلَّ ءَايَةٍ لَّا يُؤْمِنُوا۟ بِهَا حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا جَآءُوكَ يُجَٰدِلُونَكَ يَقُولُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوٓا۟ إِنْ هَٰذَآ إِلَّآ أَسَٰطِيرُ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waminhum man yastami'u ilayka waja'alnaa 'alaa quloobihim akinnatan an yafqahoohu wafee aadhaanihim waqran wa'in yaraw kulla aayatin laa yu'minoo bihaa hattaa idhaa jaa'ooka yujaadiloonaka yaqoolu lladheena kafaroo in haadhaa illaa asaateeru l-'awwaleen

DIN 31635waminhum man yastamiʿu ʾilayka waǧaʿalnā ʿalā qulūbihim ʾakinnatan ʾan yafqahūhu wafī ʾāḏānihim waqran waʾin yaraw kulla ʾāyatin lā yuʾminū bihā ḥattā ʾiḏā ǧāʾūka yuǧādilūnaka yaqūlu llaḏīna kafarū ʾin hāḏā ʾillā ʾasāṭīru l-ʾawwalīna

Among them are those who listen to you; but We place covers over their hearts, to prevent them from understanding it, and heaviness in their ears. Even if they see every sign, they will not believe in it. Until, when they come to you, to argue with you, those who disbelieve will say, "These are nothing but myths of the ancients."

Compare translations (4)

Of them are some who listen unto thee, but We have placed upon their hearts veils, lest they should understand, and in their ears a deafness. If they saw every token they would not believe therein; to the point that, when they come unto thee to argue with thee, the disbelievers say: This is naught else than fables of the men of old

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And they are some who listen unto thee, but we have placed a veil upon their hearts lest they should understand it, and in their ears is dullness of hearing; and though they saw each sign they would not believe therein; until when they come to thee to wrangle with thee, the unbelievers say, 'These are but old folks' tales

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Some among them hearken unto thee: but we have cast veils over their hearts that they should not understand the Koran, and a weight into their ears: and though they should see all kinds of signs, they will refuse all faith in them, until when they come to thee, to dispute with thee, the infidels say, "Verily, this is nothing but fables of the ancients

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And among them are some who give ear to thee; but We have put veils on their hearts, that they should not understand, and deafness in their ears. And even if they see every Sign, they would not believe therein, so much so that when they come to thee, disputing with thee, those who disbelieve say, 'This is nothing but fables of the ancients

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:26

وَهُمْ يَنْهَوْنَ عَنْهُ وَيَنْـَٔوْنَ عَنْهُ وَإِن يُهْلِكُونَ إِلَّآ أَنفُسَهُمْ وَمَا يَشْعُرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wahum yanhawna 'anhu wayan'awna 'anhu wa'in yuhlikoona illaa anfusahum wamaa yash'uroon

DIN 31635wahum yanhawna ʿanhu wayanʾawna ʿanhu waʾin yuhlikūna ʾillā ʾanfusahum wamā yašʿurūna

The translators word this verse differently

They keep others from it, and avoid it themselves; but they ruin only their own souls, and they do not realize.

Compare translations (4)

And they forbid (men) from it and avoid it, and they ruin none save themselves, though they perceive not

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They forbid it and they avoid it;- but they destroy none but themselves; yet they do not perceive

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And they will forbid it, and depart from it: - but they are only the authors of their own perdition, and know it not

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And they forbid others to believe in it and themselves too they keep away from it. And they ruin none but their ownselves; only they perceive not

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:27

وَلَوْ تَرَىٰٓ إِذْ وُقِفُوا۟ عَلَى ٱلنَّارِ فَقَالُوا۟ يَٰلَيْتَنَا نُرَدُّ وَلَا نُكَذِّبَ بِـَٔايَٰتِ رَبِّنَا وَنَكُونَ مِنَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaw taraa idh wuqifoo 'alaa n-naari faqaaloo yaa laytanaa nuraddu walaa nukadhdhiba bi'aayaati rabbinaa wanakoona mina l-mu'mineen

DIN 31635walaw tarā ʾiḏ wuqifū ʿalā n-nāri faqālū yā laytanā nuraddu walā nukaḏḏiba biʾāyāti rabbinā wanakūna mina l-muʾminīna

If only you could see, when they are made to stand before the Fire; they will say, "If only we could be sent back, and not reject the revelations of our Lord, and be among the faithful."

Compare translations (4)

If thou couldst see when they are set before the Fire and say: Oh, would that we might return! Then would we not deny the revelations of our Lord but we would be of the believers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But couldst thou see when they are set over the fire and say, 'Would that we were sent back! we would not call our Lord's signs lies, but we would be of the believers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

If thou couldst see when they shall be set over the fire, and shall say, "Oh! would we might be sent back! we would not treat the signs of our Lord as lies! we would be of the believers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And if thou couldst only see when they are made to stand before the Fire! They will say, 'Oh, would that we might be sent back! And then we would not treat the Signs of our Lord as lies and we would be of the believers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:28

بَلْ بَدَا لَهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ يُخْفُونَ مِن قَبْلُ وَلَوْ رُدُّوا۟ لَعَادُوا۟ لِمَا نُهُوا۟ عَنْهُ وَإِنَّهُمْ لَكَٰذِبُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)bal badaa lahum maa kaanoo yukhfoona min qablu walaw ruddoo la'aadoo limaa nuhoo 'anhu wa'innahum lakaadhiboon

DIN 31635bal badā lahum mā kānū yuḫfūna min qablu walaw ruddū laʿādū limā nuhū ʿanhu waʾinnahum lakāḏibūna

What they used to conceal before will become clear to them. And even if they were sent back, they would revert to what they were forbidden. They are liars.

Compare translations (4)

Nay, but that hath become clear unto them which before they used to hide. And if they were sent back they would return unto that which they are forbidden. Lo! they are liars

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Nay! now is shown to them what they did hide before; and could they be sent back, they would return to that they were forbidden, for they are very liars

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Aye! that hath become clear to them which they before concealed; but though they should return, they would surely go back to that which was forbidden them; for they are surely liars

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Nay, that which they used to hide before has now become clear to them. And if they were sent back, they would surely return to that which they are forbidden. And they are certainly liars

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:29

وَقَالُوٓا۟ إِنْ هِىَ إِلَّا حَيَاتُنَا ٱلدُّنْيَا وَمَا نَحْنُ بِمَبْعُوثِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waqaaloo in hiya illaa hayaatunaa d-dunyaa wamaa nahnu bimab'ootheen

DIN 31635waqālū ʾin hiya ʾillā ḥayātunā d-dunyā wamā naḥnu bimabʿūṯīna

And they say, "There is nothing but our life in this world, and we will not be resurrected."

Compare translations (4)

And they say: There is naught save our life of the world, and we shall not be raised (again)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They say there is naught but this life of ours in the world and we shall not be raised

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And they say, "There is no other than our life in this world, neither shall we be raised again

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And they say, 'There is nothing except this our present life, and we shall not be raised again

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:30

وَلَوْ تَرَىٰٓ إِذْ وُقِفُوا۟ عَلَىٰ رَبِّهِمْ قَالَ أَلَيْسَ هَٰذَا بِٱلْحَقِّ قَالُوا۟ بَلَىٰ وَرَبِّنَا قَالَ فَذُوقُوا۟ ٱلْعَذَابَ بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَكْفُرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaw taraa idh wuqifoo 'alaa rabbihim qaala alaysa haadhaa bil-haqqi qaaloo balaa warabbinaa qaala fadhooqoo l-'adhaaba bimaa kuntum takfuroon

DIN 31635walaw tarā ʾiḏ wuqifū ʿalā rabbihim qāla ʾalaysa hāḏā bil-ḥaqqi qālū balā warabbinā qāla faḏūqū l-ʿaḏāba bimā kuntum takfurūna

If only you could see, when they are stationed before their Lord. He will say, "Is this not real?" They will say, "Yes indeed, by our Lord." He will say, "Then taste the torment for having disbelieved."

Compare translations (4)

If thou couldst see when they are set before their Lord! He will say: Is not this real? They will say: Yea, verily, by our Lord! He will say: Taste now the retribution for that ye used to disbelieve

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But couldst thou see when they are set before their Lord; he says, 'Is not this the truth?' They say, 'Yea, by our Lord !' he says, 'Then taste the torment, for that ye did misbelieve

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But if thou couldest see when they shall be set before their Lord! He shall say to them, "Is not this it in truth?" They shall say, "Yea, by our Lord!" "Taste then," saith He, "the torment, for that ye believed not

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And if thou couldst only see when they are made to stand before their Lord, He will say, 'Is not this second life the truth? They will say, 'Yea, by our Lord.' He will say, 'Then taste the punishment because you disbelieved

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:31

قَدْ خَسِرَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِلِقَآءِ ٱللَّهِ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا جَآءَتْهُمُ ٱلسَّاعَةُ بَغْتَةً قَالُوا۟ يَٰحَسْرَتَنَا عَلَىٰ مَا فَرَّطْنَا فِيهَا وَهُمْ يَحْمِلُونَ أَوْزَارَهُمْ عَلَىٰ ظُهُورِهِمْ أَلَا سَآءَ مَا يَزِرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qad khasira lladheena kadhdhaboo biliqaa'i llaahi hattaa idhaa jaa'athumu s-saa'atu baghtatan qaaloo yaa hasratanaa 'alaa maa farratnaa feehaa wahum yahmiloona awzaarahum 'alaa zuhoorihim alaa saa'a maa yaziroon

DIN 31635qad ḫasira llaḏīna kaḏḏabū biliqāʾi llāhi ḥattā ʾiḏā ǧāʾathumu s-sāʿatu baġtatan qālū yā ḥasratanā ʿalā mā farraṭnā fīhā wahum yaḥmilūna ʾawzārahum ʿalā ẓuhūrihim ʾalā sāʾa mā yazirūna

Losers are those who deny the encounter with God. Then, when the Hour comes upon them suddenly, they will say, "Alas for us, how we have neglected it." And they will carry their burdens on their backs-evil is what they carry.

Compare translations (4)

They indeed are losers who deny their meeting with Allah until, when the Hour cometh on them suddenly, they cry: Alas for us, that we neglected it! They bear upon their backs their burdens. Ah, evil is that which they bear

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Losers are they who disbelieved in meeting God, until when the hour comes suddenly upon them they say, 'Woe is us for our neglect thereof!' for they shall bear their burdens on their backs, evil is what they bear

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Lost are they who deny the meeting with God until "the Hour" cometh suddenly upon them! Then will they say, "Oh, our sighs for past negligence of this hour!" and they shall bear their burdens on their back! Will not that be evil with which they shall be burdened

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Those indeed are the losers who deny the meeting with God, so much so, that when the Hour shall come on them unawares, they will say, 'O our grief for our neglecting this Hour!' And they shall bear their burdens on their backs. Surely, evil is that which they bear

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:32

وَمَا ٱلْحَيَوٰةُ ٱلدُّنْيَآ إِلَّا لَعِبٌ وَلَهْوٌ وَلَلدَّارُ ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةُ خَيْرٌ لِّلَّذِينَ يَتَّقُونَ أَفَلَا تَعْقِلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamaa l-hayaatu d-dunyaa illaa la'ibun walahwun walalddaaru l-'aakhiratu khayrun lilladheena yattaqoona afalaa ta'qiloon

DIN 31635wamā l-ḥayātu d-dunyā ʾillā laʿibun walahwun walalddāru l-ʾāḫiratu ḫayrun lillaḏīna yattaqūna ʾafalā taʿqilūna

The life of this world is nothing but game and distraction, but the Home of the Hereafter is better for those who are righteous. Do you not understand?

Compare translations (4)

Naught is the life of the world save a pastime and a sport. Better far is the abode of the Hereafter for those who keep their duty (to Allah). Have ye then no sense

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

The life of this world is nothing but a game and a sport, and surely the next abode were better for those who fear. What! do they not understand

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

The life in this world is but a play and pastime; and better surely for men of godly fear will be the future mansion! Will ye not then comprehend

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And the life of this world is nothing but a sport and pastime. And surely the abode of the Hereafter is better for those who are righteous. Will you not then understand

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:33

قَدْ نَعْلَمُ إِنَّهُۥ لَيَحْزُنُكَ ٱلَّذِى يَقُولُونَ فَإِنَّهُمْ لَا يُكَذِّبُونَكَ وَلَٰكِنَّ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ بِـَٔايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ يَجْحَدُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qad na'lamu innahu layahzunuka lladhee yaqooloona fa'innahum laa yukadhdhiboonaka walaakinna z-zaalimeena bi'aayaati llaahi yajhadoon

DIN 31635qad naʿlamu ʾinnahu layaḥzunuka llaḏī yaqūlūna faʾinnahum lā yukaḏḏibūnaka walākinna ẓ-ẓālimīna biʾāyāti llāhi yaǧḥadūna

The translators word this verse differently

We know that what they say grieves you. It is not you they reject, but it is God's revelations that the wicked deny.

Compare translations (4)

We know well how their talk grieveth thee, though in truth they deny not thee (Muhammad) but evil-doers flout the revelations of Allah

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Full well we know that verily that which they say grieves thee; but they do not call thee only a liar for the unjust gainsay the signs of God

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Now know we that what they speak vexeth thee: But it is not merely thee whom they charge with falsehood, but the ungodly gainsay the signs of God

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

We know indeed that what they say grieves thee; for surely it is not thee that they charge with falsehood but it is the Signs of God that the evil-doers reject

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:34

وَلَقَدْ كُذِّبَتْ رُسُلٌ مِّن قَبْلِكَ فَصَبَرُوا۟ عَلَىٰ مَا كُذِّبُوا۟ وَأُوذُوا۟ حَتَّىٰٓ أَتَىٰهُمْ نَصْرُنَا وَلَا مُبَدِّلَ لِكَلِمَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ وَلَقَدْ جَآءَكَ مِن نَّبَإِى۟ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaqad kudhdhibat rusulun min qablika fasabaroo 'alaa maa kudhdhiboo wa'oodhoo hattaa ataahum nasrunaa walaa mubaddila likalimaati llaahi walaqad jaa'aka min naba'i l-mursaleen

DIN 31635walaqad kuḏḏibat rusulun min qablika faṣabarū ʿalā mā kuḏḏibū waʾūḏū ḥattā ʾatāhum naṣrunā walā mubaddila likalimāti llāhi walaqad ǧāʾaka min nabaʾi l-mursalīna

The translators word this verse differently

Other messengers before you were rejected, but they endured rejection and persecution until Our help came to them. There can be no change to God's words. News of the Messengers has already reached you.

Compare translations (4)

Messengers indeed have been denied before thee, and they were patient under the denial and the persecution till Our succour reached them. There is none to alter the decisions of Allah. Already there hath reached thee (somewhat) of the tidings of the messengers (We sent before)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Called liars too were apostles before thee; but they were patient of being called liars and of being hurt until our help came to them; for there is none to change the words of God - now has there come to thee the story of those He sent

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Before thee have apostles already been charged with falsehood: but they bore the charge and the wrong with constancy, till our help came to them; - for none can change the words of God. But this history of His Sent Ones hath already reached thee

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And the Messengers indeed have been rejected before thee, but notwithstanding their rejection and persecution they remained patient until Our help came to them. There is none to change the words of God. And there have already come to thee some of the tidings of the past Messengers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:35

وَإِن كَانَ كَبُرَ عَلَيْكَ إِعْرَاضُهُمْ فَإِنِ ٱسْتَطَعْتَ أَن تَبْتَغِىَ نَفَقًا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ أَوْ سُلَّمًا فِى ٱلسَّمَآءِ فَتَأْتِيَهُم بِـَٔايَةٍ وَلَوْ شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ لَجَمَعَهُمْ عَلَى ٱلْهُدَىٰ فَلَا تَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْجَٰهِلِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'in kaana kabura 'alayka i'raaduhum fa'ini stata'ta an tabtaghiya nafaqan fee l-'ardi aw sullaman fee s-samaa'i fata'tiyahum bi'aayatin walaw shaa'a llaahu lajama'ahum 'alaa l-hudaa falaa takoonanna mina l-jaahileen

DIN 31635waʾin kāna kabura ʿalayka ʾiʿrāḍuhum faʾini staṭaʿta ʾan tabtaġiya nafaqan fī l-ʾarḍi ʾaw sullaman fī s-samāʾi fataʾtiyahum biʾāyatin walaw šāʾa llāhu laǧamaʿahum ʿalā l-hudā falā takūnanna mina l-ǧāhilīna

If you find their rejection hard to bear, then if you can, seek a tunnel into the earth, or a stairway into the heaven, and bring them a sign. Had God willed, He could have gathered them to guidance. So do not be of the ignorant.

Compare translations (4)

And if their aversion is grievous unto thee, then, if thou canst, seek a way down into the earth or a ladder unto the sky that thou mayst bring unto them a portent (to convince them all)! - If Allah willed, He could have brought them all together to the guidance - So be not thou among the foolish ones

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And if their turning from thee be hard for thee, and if thou canst seek for a shaft down into the earth, or a ladder up into the sky, to bring them a sign - but if God pleased He would bring them all to guidance, be thou not then of the ignorant

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But if their estrangement be grievous to thee, and if thou art able to seek out an opening into the earth or a ladder into Heaven, that thou mightest bring them a sign. . . . Yes! But if God pleased, He would surely bring them, one and all, to the guidance! therefore be not thou one of the ignorant

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And if their turning away is hard on thee, then, if thou art able to seek a passage into the earth or a ladder unto heaven and bring them a Sign, thou canst do so. And had God enforced His will, He could surely have brought them all together to the guidance. So be thou not of those who lack knowledge

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:36

إِنَّمَا يَسْتَجِيبُ ٱلَّذِينَ يَسْمَعُونَ وَٱلْمَوْتَىٰ يَبْعَثُهُمُ ٱللَّهُ ثُمَّ إِلَيْهِ يُرْجَعُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)innamaa yastajeebu lladheena yasma'oona wal-mawtaa yab'athuhumu llaahu thumma ilayhi yurja'oon

DIN 31635ʾinnamā yastaǧību llaḏīna yasmaʿūna wal-mawtā yabʿaṯuhumu llāhu ṯumma ʾilayhi yurǧaʿūna

Only those who listen will respond. As for the dead, God will resurrect them; then to Him they will be returned.

Compare translations (4)

Only those can accept who hear. As for the dead, Allah will raise them up; then unto Him they will be returned

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He only answers the prayer of those who listen; but the dead will God raise up, then unto Him shall they return

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

To those only who shall lend an ear will He make answer: as for the dead, God will raise them up; then unto Him shall they return

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Only those can accept the truth who listen. And as for the dead, God will raise them to life, then to Him shall they all be brought back

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:37

وَقَالُوا۟ لَوْلَا نُزِّلَ عَلَيْهِ ءَايَةٌ مِّن رَّبِّهِۦ قُلْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ قَادِرٌ عَلَىٰٓ أَن يُنَزِّلَ ءَايَةً وَلَٰكِنَّ أَكْثَرَهُمْ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waqaaloo lawlaa nuzzila 'alayhi aayatun min rabbihi qul inna llaaha qaadirun 'alaa an yunazzila aayatan walaakinna aktharahum laa ya'lamoon

DIN 31635waqālū lawlā nuzzila ʿalayhi ʾāyatun min rabbihi qul ʾinna llāha qādirun ʿalā ʾan yunazzila ʾāyatan walākinna ʾakṯarahum lā yaʿlamūna

And they say, "If only a sign could come down to him from his Lord." Say, "God is Able to send down a sign, but most of them do not know."

Compare translations (4)

They say: Why hath no portent been sent down upon him from his Lord? Say: Lo! Allah is Able to send down a portent. But most of them know not

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They say, 'Unless there be sent down some sign from his Lord' - say, 'Verily, God is able to send down a sign, but most of them do not know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They say, "Unless a sign be sent down to him from his Lord. . . ." SAY: Verily, God is able to send down a sign; but the greater part of them know it not

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And they say, 'Why has not a Sign been sent down to him from his Lord?' Say, 'Surely God has the power to send down a Sign, but most of them do not know

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:38

وَمَا مِن دَآبَّةٍ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَلَا طَٰٓئِرٍ يَطِيرُ بِجَنَاحَيْهِ إِلَّآ أُمَمٌ أَمْثَالُكُم مَّا فَرَّطْنَا فِى ٱلْكِتَٰبِ مِن شَىْءٍ ثُمَّ إِلَىٰ رَبِّهِمْ يُحْشَرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamaa min daabbatin fee l-'ardi walaa taa'irin yateeru bijanaahayhi illaa umamun amthaalukum maa farratnaa fee l-kitaabi min shay'in thumma ilaa rabbihim yuhsharoon

DIN 31635wamā min dābbatin fī l-ʾarḍi walā ṭāʾirin yaṭīru biǧanāḥayhi ʾillā ʾumamun ʾamṯālukum mā farraṭnā fī l-kitābi min šayʾin ṯumma ʾilā rabbihim yuḥšarūna

There is no animal on land, nor a bird flying with its wings, but are communities like you. We neglected nothing in the Scripture. Then to their Lord they will be gathered.

Compare translations (4)

There is not an animal in the earth, nor a flying creature flying on two wings, but they are peoples like unto you. We have neglected nothing in the Book (of Our decrees). Then unto their Lord they will be gathered

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

There is not a beast upon the earth nor a bird that flies with both its wings, but is a nation like to you; we have omitted nothing from the Book; then to their Lord shall they be gathered

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

No kind of beast is there on earth nor fowl that flieth with its wings, but is a folk like you: nothing have we passed over in the Book: then unto their Lord shall they be gathered

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

There is not an animal that crawls in the earth, nor a bird that flies on its two wings, but they are communities like you. We have left out nothing in the Book. Then to their Lord shall they all be gathered together

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:39

وَٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا صُمٌّ وَبُكْمٌ فِى ٱلظُّلُمَٰتِ مَن يَشَإِ ٱللَّهُ يُضْلِلْهُ وَمَن يَشَأْ يَجْعَلْهُ عَلَىٰ صِرَٰطٍ مُّسْتَقِيمٍ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walladheena kadhdhaboo bi'aayaatinaa summun wabukmun fee z-zulumaati man yasha'i llaahu yudlilhu waman yasha' yaj'alhu 'alaa siraatin mustaqeem

DIN 31635wallaḏīna kaḏḏabū biʾāyātinā ṣummun wabukmun fī ẓ-ẓulumāti man yašaʾi llāhu yuḍlilhu waman yašaʾ yaǧʿalhu ʿalā ṣirāṭin mustaqīmin

Those who reject Our revelations are deaf and dumb, in total darkness. Whomever God wills, He leaves astray; and whomever He wills, He sets on a straight path.

Compare translations (4)

Those who deny Our revelations are deaf and dumb in darkness. Whom Allah will sendeth astray, and whom He will He placeth on a straight path

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Those who say our signs are lies - deafness, dumbness, in the dark! whom He pleases does God lead astray, and whom He pleases He places on the right way

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They who gainsay our signs are deaf, and dumb, in darkness: God will mislead whom He pleaseth, and whom He pleaseth He will place upon the straight path

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Those who have rejected Our signs are deaf and dumb, in utter darkness. Whom God wills He lets go astray and whom He wills He places on the right path

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:40

قُلْ أَرَءَيْتَكُمْ إِنْ أَتَىٰكُمْ عَذَابُ ٱللَّهِ أَوْ أَتَتْكُمُ ٱلسَّاعَةُ أَغَيْرَ ٱللَّهِ تَدْعُونَ إِن كُنتُمْ صَٰدِقِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul ara'aytakum in ataakum 'adhaabu llaahi aw atatkumu s-saa'atu aghayra llaahi tad'oona in kuntum saadiqeen

DIN 31635qul ʾaraʾaytakum ʾin ʾatākum ʿaḏābu llāhi ʾaw ʾatatkumu s-sāʿatu ʾaġayra llāhi tadʿūna ʾin kuntum ṣādiqīna

Say, "Have you considered? if God's punishment came upon you, or the Hour overtook you, would you call upon any other than God, if you are sincere?"

Compare translations (4)

Say: Can ye see yourselves, if the punishment of Allah come upon you or the Hour come upon you, (calling upon other than Allah)? Do ye then call (for help) to any other than Allah? (Answer that) if ye are truthful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'Look you now! if there should come God's torment, or there should come to you the hour, on other than God would ye call, if ye do tell the truth

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: What think ye? If the punishment of God were to come upon you, or "the Hour" were to come upon you, will ye cry to any other than God? Tell me, if ye speak the truth

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say,`Will you tell me if the punishment of God come or there come upon you the Hour, will you call upon any other than God, if you are truthful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:41

بَلْ إِيَّاهُ تَدْعُونَ فَيَكْشِفُ مَا تَدْعُونَ إِلَيْهِ إِن شَآءَ وَتَنسَوْنَ مَا تُشْرِكُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)bal iyyaahu tad'oona fayakshifu maa tad'oona ilayhi in shaa'a watansawna maa tushrikoon

DIN 31635bal ʾiyyāhu tadʿūna fayakšifu mā tadʿūna ʾilayhi ʾin šāʾa watansawna mā tušrikūna

The translators word this verse differently

In fact, it is Him you will call upon; and if He wills, he will remove what you called Him for, and you will forget what you idolized.

Compare translations (4)

Nay, but unto Him ye call, and He removeth that because of which ye call unto Him, if He will, and ye forget whatever partners ye ascribed unto Him

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Nay, it is on Him that ye would call, and He will avert that which ye call upon Him for if He but please; and ye shall forget that which ye did associate with Him

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Yes! to Him will ye cry: and if He please He will deliver you from that ye shall cry to Him to avert, and ye shall forget the partners ye joined with Him

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Nay, but on Him alone will you call; then will He remove, if He pleases, that which you call on Him to remove, and you will forget what you associate with Him

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:42

وَلَقَدْ أَرْسَلْنَآ إِلَىٰٓ أُمَمٍ مِّن قَبْلِكَ فَأَخَذْنَٰهُم بِٱلْبَأْسَآءِ وَٱلضَّرَّآءِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَتَضَرَّعُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaqad arsalnaa ilaa umamin min qablika fa'akhadhnaahum bil-ba'saa'i wad-darraa'i la'allahum yatadarra'oon

DIN 31635walaqad ʾarsalnā ʾilā ʾumamin min qablika faʾaḫaḏnāhum bil-baʾsāʾi waḍ-ḍarrāʾi laʿallahum yataḍarraʿūna

We sent messengers to communities before you, and We afflicted them with suffering and hardship, that they may humble themselves.

Compare translations (4)

We have sent already unto peoples that were before thee, and We visited them with tribulation and adversity, in order that they might grow humble

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Ere this we sent unto nations before thee, and we caught them in distress and trouble that haply they might humble themselves

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Already have we sent apostles to nations that were before thee, and we laid hold on them with troubles and with straits in order that they might humble themselves

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And indeed We sent Messengers to peoples before thee; then We afflicted them with poverty and adversity that they might humble themselves

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:43

فَلَوْلَآ إِذْ جَآءَهُم بَأْسُنَا تَضَرَّعُوا۟ وَلَٰكِن قَسَتْ قُلُوبُهُمْ وَزَيَّنَ لَهُمُ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ مَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)falawlaa idh jaa'ahum ba'sunaa tadarra'oo walaakin qasat quloobuhum wazayyana lahumu sh-shaytaanu maa kaanoo ya'maloon

DIN 31635falawlā ʾiḏ ǧāʾahum baʾsunā taḍarraʿū walākin qasat qulūbuhum wazayyana lahumu š-šayṭānu mā kānū yaʿmalūna

If only, when Our calamity came upon them, they humbled themselves. But their hearts hardened, and Satan made their deeds appear good to them.

Compare translations (4)

If only, when Our disaster came on them, they had been humble! But their hearts were hardened and the devil made all that they used to do seem fair unto them

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And do they not, when our violence falls upon them, humble themselves?- but their hearts were hard, and Satan made seemly to them that which they had done

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Yet, when our trouble came upon them, they did not humble themselves; but their hearts were hardened, and Satan pre-arranged for them their course of conduct

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Why, then, when Our punishment came upon them, did they not humble themselves? But their hearts were hardened all the more and Satan made all that they did seem fair to them

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:44

فَلَمَّا نَسُوا۟ مَا ذُكِّرُوا۟ بِهِۦ فَتَحْنَا عَلَيْهِمْ أَبْوَٰبَ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا فَرِحُوا۟ بِمَآ أُوتُوٓا۟ أَخَذْنَٰهُم بَغْتَةً فَإِذَا هُم مُّبْلِسُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)falammaa nasoo maa dhukkiroo bihi fatahnaa 'alayhim abwaaba kulli shay'in hattaa idhaa farihoo bimaa ootoo akhadhnaahum baghtatan fa'idhaa hum mublisoon

DIN 31635falammā nasū mā ḏukkirū bihi fataḥnā ʿalayhim ʾabwāba kulli šayʾin ḥattā ʾiḏā fariḥū bimā ʾūtū ʾaḫaḏnāhum baġtatan faʾiḏā hum mublisūna

Then, when they disregarded what they were reminded of, We opened for them the gates of all things. Until, when they delighted in what they were given, We seized them suddenly; and at once, they were in despair.

Compare translations (4)

Then, when they forgot that whereof they had been reminded, We opened unto them the gates of all things till, even as they were rejoicing in that which they were given, We seized them unawares, and lo! they were dumbfounded

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when they forgot what they were reminded of, we opened for them the gates of everything, until when they rejoiced at what they had, we caught them up suddenly, and lo! they were in despair

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when they had forgotten their warnings, we set open to them the gates of all things, until, as they were rejoicing in our gifts, we suddenly laid hold upon them, and lo! they were plunged into despair

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

When they forgot that with which they had been admonished, and We opened unto them the gates of all things, till, even as they were rejoicing in what they were given, We seized them suddenly, and lo! they were in utter despair

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:45

فَقُطِعَ دَابِرُ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوا۟ وَٱلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)faquti'a daabiru l-qawmi lladheena zalamoo wal-hamdu lillaahi rabbi l-'aalameen

DIN 31635faquṭiʿa dābiru l-qawmi llaḏīna ẓalamū wal-ḥamdu lillāhi rabbi l-ʿālamīna

Thus the last remnant of the people who did wrong was cut off. And praise be to God, Lord of the Worlds.

Compare translations (4)

So of the people who did wrong the last remnant was cut off. Praise be to Allah, Lord of the Worlds

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And the uttermost part of the people who did wrong were cut off; praise be to God, Lord of the worlds

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And the uttermost part of that impious people was cut off. All praise be to God, the Lord of the Worlds

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

So the last remnant of the people who did wrong was cut off; and all praise belongs to God, the Lord of all the worlds

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:46

قُلْ أَرَءَيْتُمْ إِنْ أَخَذَ ٱللَّهُ سَمْعَكُمْ وَأَبْصَٰرَكُمْ وَخَتَمَ عَلَىٰ قُلُوبِكُم مَّنْ إِلَٰهٌ غَيْرُ ٱللَّهِ يَأْتِيكُم بِهِ ٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ نُصَرِّفُ ٱلْـَٔايَٰتِ ثُمَّ هُمْ يَصْدِفُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul ara'aytum in akhadha llaahu sam'akum wa'absaarakum wakhatama 'alaa quloobikum man ilaahun ghayru llaahi ya'teekum bihi nzur kayfa nusarrifu l-'aayaati thumma hum yasdifoon

DIN 31635qul ʾaraʾaytum ʾin ʾaḫaḏa llāhu samʿakum waʾabṣārakum waḫatama ʿalā qulūbikum man ʾilāhun ġayru llāhi yaʾtīkum bihi nẓur kayfa nuṣarrifu l-ʾāyāti ṯumma hum yaṣdifūna

Say, "Have you considered? If God took away your hearing and your sight, and set a seal on your hearts, what god other than God would restore them to you?" Note how We explain the revelations in various ways, yet they still turn away.

Compare translations (4)

Say: Have ye imagined, if Allah should take away your hearing and your sight and seal your hearts, Who is the Allah Who could restore it to you save Allah? See how We display the revelations unto them! Yet still they turn away

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'Look you now! if God should catch your hearing and your sight, and should set a seal upon your hearts - who is god but God to bring you it again

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: What think ye? If God should take away your hearing and your sight and set a seal upon your hearts, what god beside God would restore them to you? See! how we vary our wondrous verses (signs)! yet they turn away from them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, 'Will you tell me, if God should take away your hearing and your sight, and seal up your hearts, who is the god other than God who can bring it back to you?' See how We expound the Signs in various ways, yet they turn away

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:47

قُلْ أَرَءَيْتَكُمْ إِنْ أَتَىٰكُمْ عَذَابُ ٱللَّهِ بَغْتَةً أَوْ جَهْرَةً هَلْ يُهْلَكُ إِلَّا ٱلْقَوْمُ ٱلظَّٰلِمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul ara'aytakum in ataakum 'adhaabu llaahi baghtatan aw jahratan hal yuhlaku illaa l-qawmu z-zaalimoon

DIN 31635qul ʾaraʾaytakum ʾin ʾatākum ʿaḏābu llāhi baġtatan ʾaw ǧahratan hal yuhlaku ʾillā l-qawmu ẓ-ẓālimūna

The translators word this verse differently

Say, "Have you considered? if God's punishment descended on you suddenly or gradually, would any be destroyed except the wrongdoing people?"

Compare translations (4)

Say: Can ye see yourselves, if the punishment of Allah come upon you unawares or openly? Would any perish save wrongdoing folk

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'Look you now! if God's torment should come upon you suddenly or openly, would any perish save the people who do wrong

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: What think ye? If the punishment of God come on you suddenly or foreseen, shall any perish except the impious

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, 'Will you tell me, if the punishment of God come upon you suddenly or openly, will any be destroyed save the wrongdoing people

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:48

وَمَا نُرْسِلُ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ إِلَّا مُبَشِّرِينَ وَمُنذِرِينَ فَمَنْ ءَامَنَ وَأَصْلَحَ فَلَا خَوْفٌ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا هُمْ يَحْزَنُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamaa nursilu l-mursaleena illaa mubashshireena wamundhireena faman aamana wa'aslaha falaa khawfun 'alayhim walaa hum yahzanoon

DIN 31635wamā nursilu l-mursalīna ʾillā mubašširīna wamunḏirīna faman ʾāmana waʾaṣlaḥa falā ḫawfun ʿalayhim walā hum yaḥzanūna

We sent the messengers only as bearers of good news and as warners. Those who believe and reform have nothing to fear, nor shall they grieve.

Compare translations (4)

We send not the messengers save as bearers of good news and warners. Whoso believeth and doeth right, there shall no fear come upon them neither shall they grieve

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

We do not send our messengers save as heralds of glad tidings and of warning, and whoso believes and acts aright, there is no fear for them, and they shall not be grieved

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

We send not our Sent Ones but as heralds of good news and warners; and whoso shall believe and amend, on them shall come no fear, neither shall they be sorrowful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And We sent not the Messengers but as bearers of glad tidings and as Warners. So those who believe and reform themselves, on them shall come no fear nor shall they grieve

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:49

وَٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا يَمَسُّهُمُ ٱلْعَذَابُ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَفْسُقُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walladheena kadhdhaboo bi'aayaatinaa yamassuhumu l-'adhaabu bimaa kaanoo yafsuqoon

DIN 31635wallaḏīna kaḏḏabū biʾāyātinā yamassuhumu l-ʿaḏābu bimā kānū yafsuqūna

The translators word this verse differently

But as for those who reject Our revelations, torment will afflict them because of their defiance.

Compare translations (4)

But as for those who deny Our revelations, torment will afflict them for that they used to disobey

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

but those who say our signs are lies, torment shall touch them, for that they have done so wrong

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But whoso shall charge our signs with falsehood, on them shall fall a punishment for their wicked doings

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And those who reject our Signs, punishment will touch them, because they disobeyed

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:50

قُل لَّآ أَقُولُ لَكُمْ عِندِى خَزَآئِنُ ٱللَّهِ وَلَآ أَعْلَمُ ٱلْغَيْبَ وَلَآ أَقُولُ لَكُمْ إِنِّى مَلَكٌ إِنْ أَتَّبِعُ إِلَّا مَا يُوحَىٰٓ إِلَىَّ قُلْ هَلْ يَسْتَوِى ٱلْأَعْمَىٰ وَٱلْبَصِيرُ أَفَلَا تَتَفَكَّرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul laa aqoolu lakum 'indee khazaa'inu llaahi walaa a'lamu l-ghayba walaa aqoolu lakum innee malakun in attabi'u illaa maa yoohaa ilayya qul hal yastawee l-'a'maa wal-baseeru afalaa tatafakkaroon

DIN 31635qul lā ʾaqūlu lakum ʿindī ḫazāʾinu llāhi walā ʾaʿlamu l-ġayba walā ʾaqūlu lakum ʾinnī malakun ʾin ʾattabiʿu ʾillā mā yūḥā ʾilayya qul hal yastawī l-ʾaʿmā wal-baṣīru ʾafalā tatafakkarūna

Say, "I do not say to you that I possess the treasuries of God, nor do I know the future, nor do I say to you that I am an angel. I only follow what is inspired to me." Say, "Are the blind and the seeing alike? Do you not think?"

Compare translations (4)

Say (O Muhammad, to the disbelievers): I say not unto you (that) I possess the treasures of Allah, nor that I have knowledge of the Unseen; and I say not unto you: Lo! I am an angel. I follow only that which is inspired in me. Say: Are the blind man and the seer equal? Will ye not then take thought

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'I do not say to you, mine are the treasuries of God, nor that I know the unseen; I do not say to you, I am an angel - if I follow aught but what I am inspired with -:' say, 'Is the blind equal to him who sees?' what! do ye not reflect

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: I say not to you, "In my possession are the treasures of God;" neither say I, "I know things secret;" neither do I say to you, "Verily, I am an angel:" Only what is revealed to me do I follow. SAY: Shall the blind and the seeing be esteemed alike? Will ye not then reflect

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, 'I do not say to you: 'I possess the treasures of God, nor do I know the unseen; nor do I say to you: 'I am an angel, I follow only that which is revealed to me.' Say, 'Can a blind man and one who sees be alike?' Will you not then reflect

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:51

وَأَنذِرْ بِهِ ٱلَّذِينَ يَخَافُونَ أَن يُحْشَرُوٓا۟ إِلَىٰ رَبِّهِمْ لَيْسَ لَهُم مِّن دُونِهِۦ وَلِىٌّ وَلَا شَفِيعٌ لَّعَلَّهُمْ يَتَّقُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'andhir bihi lladheena yakhaafoona an yuhsharoo ilaa rabbihim laysa lahum min doonihi waliyyun walaa shafee'un la'allahum yattaqoon

DIN 31635waʾanḏir bihi llaḏīna yaḫāfūna ʾan yuḥšarū ʾilā rabbihim laysa lahum min dūnihi waliyyun walā šafīʿun laʿallahum yattaqūna

And warn with it those who fear to be gathered before their Lord-they have no protector or intercessor apart from him-perhaps they will grow in piety.

Compare translations (4)

Warn hereby those who fear (because they know) that they will be gathered unto their Lord, for whom there is no protecting ally nor intercessor beside Him, that they may ward off (evil)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Admonish therewith those who fear that they shall be gathered unto their Lord; there is no patron for them but Him, and no intercessor; haply they may fear

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And warn those who dread their being gathered to their Lord, that patron or intercessor they shall have none but Him, - to the intent that they may fear Him

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And warn thereby those who fear that they shall be gathered to their Lord that they shall have no friend nor intercessor besides Him, so that they may become righteous

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:52

وَلَا تَطْرُدِ ٱلَّذِينَ يَدْعُونَ رَبَّهُم بِٱلْغَدَوٰةِ وَٱلْعَشِىِّ يُرِيدُونَ وَجْهَهُۥ مَا عَلَيْكَ مِنْ حِسَابِهِم مِّن شَىْءٍ وَمَا مِنْ حِسَابِكَ عَلَيْهِم مِّن شَىْءٍ فَتَطْرُدَهُمْ فَتَكُونَ مِنَ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaa tatrudi lladheena yad'oona rabbahum bil-ghadaati wal-'ashiyyi yureedoona wajhahu maa 'alayka min hisaabihim min shay'in wamaa min hisaabika 'alayhim min shay'in fatatrudahum fatakoona mina z-zaalimeen

DIN 31635walā taṭrudi llaḏīna yadʿūna rabbahum bil-ġadāti wal-ʿašiyyi yurīdūna waǧhahu mā ʿalayka min ḥisābihim min šayʾin wamā min ḥisābika ʿalayhim min šayʾin fataṭrudahum fatakūna mina ẓ-ẓālimīna

And do not drive away those who call upon their Lord, morning and evening, seeking His attention. You are not accountable for them in any way, nor are they accountable for you in any way. If you drive them away, you would be one of the unjust.

Compare translations (4)

Repel not those who call upon their Lord at morn and evening, seeking His Countenance. Thou art not accountable for them in aught, nor are they accountable for thee in aught, that thou shouldst repel them and be of the wrong-doers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Repulse not those who call upon their Lord in the morning and in the evening, desiring His face; they have no reckoning against thee at all, and thou hast no reckoning against them at all;- repulse them and thou wilt be of the unjust

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And thrust not thou away those who cry to their Lord at morn and even, craving to behold his face. It is not for thee in anything to judge of their motives, nor for them in anything to judge of thee. If thou thrust them away thou wilt be of the doers of wrong

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And drive not away those who call upon their Lord morning and evening, seeking His pleasure. Thou art not at all accountable for them nor are they accountable for thee. So if thou shouldst drive them away thou wilt be of the unjust

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:53

وَكَذَٰلِكَ فَتَنَّا بَعْضَهُم بِبَعْضٍ لِّيَقُولُوٓا۟ أَهَٰٓؤُلَآءِ مَنَّ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْهِم مِّنۢ بَيْنِنَآ أَلَيْسَ ٱللَّهُ بِأَعْلَمَ بِٱلشَّٰكِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wakadhaalika fatannaa ba'dahum biba'din liyaqooloo ahaa'ulaa'i manna llaahu 'alayhim min bayninaa alaysa llaahu bi'a'lama bish-shaakireen

DIN 31635wakaḏālika fatannā baʿḍahum bibaʿḍin liyaqūlū ʾahāʾulāʾi manna llāhu ʿalayhim min bayninā ʾalaysa llāhu biʾaʿlama biš-šākirīna

Thus We try some of them by means of others, that they may say, "Are these the ones whom God has favored from among us?" Is God not aware of the appreciative?

Compare translations (4)

And even so do We try some of them by others, that they say: Are these they whom Allah favoureth among us? Is not Allah best Aware of the thanksgivers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

So have we tried some of them by others, that they may say, 'Are these those unto whom God has been gracious amongst ourselves?' Does not God know those who give thanks

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Thus have we made proof of some of them by others, that they may say, "Are these they among us to whom God hath been gracious?" Doth not God best know the thankful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And in the like manner have We tried some of them by others, that they may say, 'Is it these whom God has favoured from among us?' Does not God know best those who are grateful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:54

وَإِذَا جَآءَكَ ٱلَّذِينَ يُؤْمِنُونَ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا فَقُلْ سَلَٰمٌ عَلَيْكُمْ كَتَبَ رَبُّكُمْ عَلَىٰ نَفْسِهِ ٱلرَّحْمَةَ أَنَّهُۥ مَنْ عَمِلَ مِنكُمْ سُوٓءًۢا بِجَهَٰلَةٍ ثُمَّ تَابَ مِنۢ بَعْدِهِۦ وَأَصْلَحَ فَأَنَّهُۥ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhaa jaa'aka lladheena yu'minoona bi'aayaatinaa faqul salaamun 'alaykum kataba rabbukum 'alaa nafsihi r-rahmata annahu man 'amila minkum soo'an bijahaalatin thumma taaba min ba'dihi wa'aslaha fa'annahu ghafoorun raheem

DIN 31635waʾiḏā ǧāʾaka llaḏīna yuʾminūna biʾāyātinā faqul salāmun ʿalaykum kataba rabbukum ʿalā nafsihi r-raḥmata ʾannahu man ʿamila minkum sūʾan biǧahālatin ṯumma tāba min baʿdihi waʾaṣlaḥa faʾannahu ġafūrun raḥīmun

When those who believe in Our revelations come to you, say, "Peace be upon you, your Lord has prescribed mercy for Himself. Whoever among you does wrong out of ignorance, and then repents afterwards and reforms-He is Forgiving and Merciful."

Compare translations (4)

And when those who believe in Our revelations come unto thee, say: Peace be unto you! Your Lord hath prescribed for Himself mercy, that whoso of you doeth evil through ignorance and repenteth afterward thereof and doeth right, (for him) lo! He is Forgiving, Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when those who believe in our signs come to thee, say, 'Peace be on you! God hath prescribed for Himself mercy; verily, he of you who does evil in ignorance, and then turns again and does right,- verily, He is forgiving and merciful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when they who believe in our signs come to thee, SAY: Peace be upon you! Your Lord hath laid down for himself a law of mercy; so that if any one of you commit a fault through ignorance, and afterwards turn and amend, He surely will be Gracious, Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when those who believe in Our Signs come to thee, say; 'Peace be unto you! Your Lord has taken it upon Himself to show mercy, so that whoso among you does evil in ignorance and repents thereafter and reforms, then He is Most Forgiving and Merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:55

وَكَذَٰلِكَ نُفَصِّلُ ٱلْـَٔايَٰتِ وَلِتَسْتَبِينَ سَبِيلُ ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wakadhaalika nufassilu l-'aayaati walitastabeena sabeelu l-mujrimeen

DIN 31635wakaḏālika nufaṣṣilu l-ʾāyāti walitastabīna sabīlu l-muǧrimīna

The translators word this verse differently

Thus We explain the revelations, and expose the path of the unrighteous.

Compare translations (4)

Thus do We expound the revelations that the way of the unrighteous may be manifest

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Thus do we detail our signs, that the way of the sinners may be made plain

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Thus have we distinctly set forth our signs, that the way of the wicked might be made known

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And thus do We expound the Signs that the truth may become manifest and that the way of the sinners may become clear

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:56

قُلْ إِنِّى نُهِيتُ أَنْ أَعْبُدَ ٱلَّذِينَ تَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ قُل لَّآ أَتَّبِعُ أَهْوَآءَكُمْ قَدْ ضَلَلْتُ إِذًا وَمَآ أَنَا۠ مِنَ ٱلْمُهْتَدِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul innee nuheetu an a'buda lladheena tad'oona min dooni llaahi qul laa attabi'u ahwaa'akum qad dalaltu idhan wamaa anaa mina l-muhtadeen

DIN 31635qul ʾinnī nuhītu ʾan ʾaʿbuda llaḏīna tadʿūna min dūni llāhi qul lā ʾattabiʿu ʾahwāʾakum qad ḍalaltu ʾiḏan wamā ʾanā mina l-muhtadīna

Say, "I am forbidden from worshiping those you pray to besides God." Say, "I will not follow your desires; else I would be lost and not be of those guided."

Compare translations (4)

Say: I am forbidden to worship those on whom ye call instead of Allah. Say: I will not follow your desires, for then should I go astray and I should not be of the rightly guided

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'I am forbidden to worship those ye call upon beside God;' say, 'I will not follow your lusts, for then should I err and not be of the guided

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: Forbidden am I to worship those whom ye call on beside God. SAY: I will not follow your wishes; for then should I have gone astray, and should not be of the guided

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, 'I am forbidden to worship those on whom you call besides God.' Say, 'I will not follow your low desires. In that case, I shall have gone astray and I shall not be of the rightly guided

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:57

قُلْ إِنِّى عَلَىٰ بَيِّنَةٍ مِّن رَّبِّى وَكَذَّبْتُم بِهِۦ مَا عِندِى مَا تَسْتَعْجِلُونَ بِهِۦٓ إِنِ ٱلْحُكْمُ إِلَّا لِلَّهِ يَقُصُّ ٱلْحَقَّ وَهُوَ خَيْرُ ٱلْفَٰصِلِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul innee 'alaa bayyinatin min rabbee wakadhdhabtum bihi maa 'indee maa tasta'jiloona bihi ini l-hukmu illaa lillaahi yaqussu l-haqqa wahuwa khayru l-faasileen

DIN 31635qul ʾinnī ʿalā bayyinatin min rabbī wakaḏḏabtum bihi mā ʿindī mā tastaʿǧilūna bihi ʾini l-ḥukmu ʾillā lillāhi yaquṣṣu l-ḥaqqa wahuwa ḫayru l-fāṣilīna

The translators word this verse differently

Say, "I stand on clear evidence from my Lord, and you have rejected Him. I do not possess what you seek me to hasten; the decision belongs solely to God. He states the truth, and He is the Best of Judges."

Compare translations (4)

Say: I am (relying) on clear proof from my Lord, while ye deny Him. I have not that for which ye are impatient. The decision is for Allah only. He telleth the truth and He is the Best of Deciders

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'I stand on a manifestation from my Lord, which ye call a lie. I have not with me what ye fain would hasten on, ???MISSING

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: I act upon proofs from my Lord, but ye treat them as falsehoods. That punishment which ye desire to be hastened is not in my power; judgment is with God only: He will declare the truth; and He is the best settler of disputes

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, 'I take my stand on a clear evidence from my Lord and you reject it. That which you desire to be hastened is not in my power. The decision rest with God alone. He explains the truth and He is the Best of Judges

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:58

قُل لَّوْ أَنَّ عِندِى مَا تَسْتَعْجِلُونَ بِهِۦ لَقُضِىَ ٱلْأَمْرُ بَيْنِى وَبَيْنَكُمْ وَٱللَّهُ أَعْلَمُ بِٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul law anna 'indee maa tasta'jiloona bihi laqudiya l-'amru baynee wabaynakum wallaahu a'lamu biz-zaalimeen

DIN 31635qul law ʾanna ʿindī mā tastaʿǧilūna bihi laquḍiya l-ʾamru baynī wabaynakum wallāhu ʾaʿlamu biẓ-ẓālimīna

The translators word this verse differently

Say, "If I possessed what you seek me to hasten, the matter between you and me would have been settled. God is well aware of the unjust."

Compare translations (4)

Say: If I had that for which ye are impatient, then would the case (ere this) have been decided between me and you. Allah is Best Aware of the wrong-doers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Missing??? that the matter might be settled between me and you; but God knows best who are the unjust

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: If what ye would hasten on, were in my power, the matter between me and you had been decided: but God best knoweth the impious

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, 'If that which you desire to be hastened were in my power, surely the matter would have been decided between me and you. And God knows best the unjust

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:59

وَعِندَهُۥ مَفَاتِحُ ٱلْغَيْبِ لَا يَعْلَمُهَآ إِلَّا هُوَ وَيَعْلَمُ مَا فِى ٱلْبَرِّ وَٱلْبَحْرِ وَمَا تَسْقُطُ مِن وَرَقَةٍ إِلَّا يَعْلَمُهَا وَلَا حَبَّةٍ فِى ظُلُمَٰتِ ٱلْأَرْضِ وَلَا رَطْبٍ وَلَا يَابِسٍ إِلَّا فِى كِتَٰبٍ مُّبِينٍ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'indahu mafaatihu l-ghaybi laa ya'lamuhaa illaa huwa waya'lamu maa fee l-barri wal-bahri wamaa tasqutu min waraqatin illaa ya'lamuhaa walaa habbatin fee zulumaati l-'ardi walaa ratbin walaa yaabisin illaa fee kitaabin mubeen

DIN 31635waʿindahu mafātiḥu l-ġaybi lā yaʿlamuhā ʾillā huwa wayaʿlamu mā fī l-barri wal-baḥri wamā tasquṭu min waraqatin ʾillā yaʿlamuhā walā ḥabbatin fī ẓulumāti l-ʾarḍi walā raṭbin walā yābisin ʾillā fī kitābin mubīnin

With Him are the keys of the unseen; none knows them except He. And He knows everything on land and in the sea. Not a leaf falls but He knows it; and there is not a single grain in the darkness of earth, nor is there anything wet or dry, but is in a clear record.

Compare translations (4)

And with Him are the keys of the Invisible. None but He knoweth them. And He knoweth what is in the land and the sea. Not a leaf falleth but He knoweth it, not a grain amid the darkness of the earth, naught of wet or dry but (it is noted) in a clear record

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

With Him are the keys of the unseen. None knows them save He; He knows what is in the land and in the sea; and there falls not a leaf save that He knows it; nor a grain in the darkness of the earth, nor aught that is moist, nor aught that is dry, save that is in His perspicuous Book

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And with Him are the keys of the secret things; none knoweth them but He: He knoweth whatever is on the land and in the sea; and no leaf falleth but He knoweth it; neither is there a grain in the darknesses of the earth, nor a thing green or sere, but it is noted in a distinct writing

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And with Him are the keys of the unseen; none knows them but He. And He knows whatsoever is in the land and in the sea. And there falls not a leaf but He knows it; nor is there a grain in the deep darkness of the earth, nor anything green or dry, but it is recorded in a clear book

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:60

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى يَتَوَفَّىٰكُم بِٱلَّيْلِ وَيَعْلَمُ مَا جَرَحْتُم بِٱلنَّهَارِ ثُمَّ يَبْعَثُكُمْ فِيهِ لِيُقْضَىٰٓ أَجَلٌ مُّسَمًّى ثُمَّ إِلَيْهِ مَرْجِعُكُمْ ثُمَّ يُنَبِّئُكُم بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَعْمَلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wahuwa lladhee yatawaffaakum billayli waya'lamu maa jarahtum bin-nahaari thumma yab'athukum feehi liyuqdaa ajalun musamman thumma ilayhi marji'ukum thumma yunabbi'ukum bimaa kuntum ta'maloon

DIN 31635wahuwa llaḏī yatawaffākum billayli wayaʿlamu mā ǧaraḥtum bin-nahāri ṯumma yabʿaṯukum fīhi liyuqḍā ʾaǧalun musamman ṯumma ʾilayhi marǧiʿukum ṯumma yunabbiʾukum bimā kuntum taʿmalūna

It is He Who takes you by night, and He knows what you earn by day. Then He raises you up in it, until a fixed term is fulfilled. Then to Him is your return, then He will inform you of what you used to do.

Compare translations (4)

He it is Who gathereth you at night and knoweth that which ye commit by day. Then He raiseth you again to life therein, that the term appointed (for you) may be accomplished. And afterward unto Him is your return. Then He will proclaim unto you what ye used to do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He it is who takes you to Himself at night, and knows what ye have gained in the day; then He raises you up again, that your appointed time may be fulfilled; then unto Him is your return, and then will He inform you of what ye have done

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

It is He who taketh your souls at night, and knoweth what ye have merited in the day: then he awaketh you therein, that the set life-term may be fulfilled: then unto Him shall ye return; and then shall be declare to you that which ye have wrought

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And He it is who takes your soul by night and knows what you do by day, then He raises you up again therein, that the appointed term may be completed. Then to Him is your return. Then will He inform you of what you used to do

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:61

وَهُوَ ٱلْقَاهِرُ فَوْقَ عِبَادِهِۦ وَيُرْسِلُ عَلَيْكُمْ حَفَظَةً حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا جَآءَ أَحَدَكُمُ ٱلْمَوْتُ تَوَفَّتْهُ رُسُلُنَا وَهُمْ لَا يُفَرِّطُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wahuwa l-qaahiru fawqa 'ibaadihi wayursilu 'alaykum hafazatan hattaa idhaa jaa'a ahadakumu l-mawtu tawaffathu rusulunaa wahum laa yufarritoon

DIN 31635wahuwa l-qāhiru fawqa ʿibādihi wayursilu ʿalaykum ḥafaẓatan ḥattā ʾiḏā ǧāʾa ʾaḥadakumu l-mawtu tawaffathu rusulunā wahum lā yufarriṭūna

He is the Conqueror over His servants, and He sends guardians over you, until, when death overtakes one of you, Our envoys take him away, and they never fail.

Compare translations (4)

He is the Omnipotent over His slaves. He sendeth guardians over you until, when death cometh unto one of you, Our messengers receive him, and they neglect not

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He triumphs over His servants; He sends to them guardian angels, until, when death comes to any one of you, our messengers take him away; they pass not over any one

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Supreme over his servants, He sendeth forth guardians who watch over you, until, when death overtaketh any one of you, our messengers take his soul, and fail not

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And He is Supreme over His servants, and He sends guardians to watch over you, until, when death comes to anyone of you, Our Messengers take his soul, and they fail not

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:62

ثُمَّ رُدُّوٓا۟ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ مَوْلَىٰهُمُ ٱلْحَقِّ أَلَا لَهُ ٱلْحُكْمُ وَهُوَ أَسْرَعُ ٱلْحَٰسِبِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)thumma ruddoo ilaa llaahi mawlaahumu l-haqqi alaa lahu l-hukmu wahuwa asra'u l-haasibeen

DIN 31635ṯumma ruddū ʾilā llāhi mawlāhumu l-ḥaqqi ʾalā lahu l-ḥukmu wahuwa ʾasraʿu l-ḥāsibīna

Then they are brought back to God, their True Master. Unquestionably, His is the judgment, and He is the Swiftest of reckoners.

Compare translations (4)

Then are they restored unto Allah, their Lord, the Just. Surely His is the judgment. And He is the most swift of reckoners

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

and then are they returned to God, their true sovereign. Is not His the rule? but He is very quick at reckoning up

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Then are they returned to God their Lord, the True. Is not judgment His? Swiftest He, of those who take account

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Then they are returned to God, their true Lord. Surely, His is the judgment. And He is the Swiftest of reckoners

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:63

قُلْ مَن يُنَجِّيكُم مِّن ظُلُمَٰتِ ٱلْبَرِّ وَٱلْبَحْرِ تَدْعُونَهُۥ تَضَرُّعًا وَخُفْيَةً لَّئِنْ أَنجَىٰنَا مِنْ هَٰذِهِۦ لَنَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلشَّٰكِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul man yunajjeekum min zulumaati l-barri wal-bahri tad'oonahu tadarru'an wakhufyatan la'in anjaanaa min haadhihi lanakoonanna mina sh-shaakireen

DIN 31635qul man yunaǧǧīkum min ẓulumāti l-barri wal-baḥri tadʿūnahu taḍarruʿan waḫufyatan laʾin ʾanǧānā min hāḏihi lanakūnanna mina š-šākirīna

Say, "Who delivers you from the darkness of land and sea?" You call upon Him humbly and inwardly: "If He delivers us from this, We will surely be among the thankful."

Compare translations (4)

Say: Who delivereth you from the darkness of the land and the sea? Ye call upon Him humbly and in secret, (saying): If we are delivered from this (fear) we truly will be of the thankful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'Who rescues you from the darkness of the land and of the sea?' ye call upon Him in humility and in secret, 'Indeed, if He would rescue us from this, we will surely be of those who give Him thanks

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: Who rescueth you from the darkness of the land and of the sea, when humbly and secretly ye cry to Him - "If thou rescue us from this, we will surely be of the thankful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, 'Who delivers you from the calamities of the land and the sea, when you call upon Him in humility and in secret, saying, 'If He deliver us from this, we will surely be of those who are grateful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:64

قُلِ ٱللَّهُ يُنَجِّيكُم مِّنْهَا وَمِن كُلِّ كَرْبٍ ثُمَّ أَنتُمْ تُشْرِكُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)quli llaahu yunajjeekum minhaa wamin kulli karbin thumma antum tushrikoon

DIN 31635quli llāhu yunaǧǧīkum minhā wamin kulli karbin ṯumma ʾantum tušrikūna

The translators word this verse differently

Say, "It is God who delivers you from it, and from every disaster. Yet then you associate others with Him."

Compare translations (4)

Say: Allah delivereth you from this and from all affliction. Yet ye attribute partners unto Him

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'God rescues from the darkness thereof, and from every trouble, yet ye associate others with Him

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: God rescueth you from them, and from every strait: yet afterwards ye give Him companions

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, 'God delivers you from them and from every distress, yet you associate partners with Him

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:65

قُلْ هُوَ ٱلْقَادِرُ عَلَىٰٓ أَن يَبْعَثَ عَلَيْكُمْ عَذَابًا مِّن فَوْقِكُمْ أَوْ مِن تَحْتِ أَرْجُلِكُمْ أَوْ يَلْبِسَكُمْ شِيَعًا وَيُذِيقَ بَعْضَكُم بَأْسَ بَعْضٍ ٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ نُصَرِّفُ ٱلْـَٔايَٰتِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَفْقَهُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul huwa l-qaadiru 'alaa an yab'atha 'alaykum 'adhaaban min fawqikum aw min tahti arjulikum aw yalbisakum shiya'an wayudheeqa ba'dakum ba'sa ba'din nzur kayfa nusarrifu l-'aayaati la'allahum yafqahoon

DIN 31635qul huwa l-qādiru ʿalā ʾan yabʿaṯa ʿalaykum ʿaḏāban min fawqikum ʾaw min taḥti ʾarǧulikum ʾaw yalbisakum šiyaʿan wayuḏīqa baʿḍakum baʾsa baʿḍin nẓur kayfa nuṣarrifu l-ʾāyāti laʿallahum yafqahūna

Say, "He is Able to send upon you an affliction, from above you, or from under your feet. Or He can divide you into factions, and make you taste the violence of one another. Note how We explain the revelations, so that they may understand."

Compare translations (4)

Say: He is able to send punishment upon you from above you or from beneath your feet, or to bewilder you with dissension and make you taste the tyranny one of another. See how We display the revelations so that they may understand

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'He is able to send torment on you from above you and from beneath your feet, and to confuse you in sects, and to make some of you taste the violence of others.' See how we turn about the signs, that haply they may discriminate

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: It is He who hath power to send on you a punishment from above you, or from beneath your feet, or to clothe you with discord, and to make some of you to taste the violence of others. See how variously we handle the wondrous verses, that haply they may become wise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, 'He has the power to send punishment upon you from above you or from beneath your feet, or to confound you by splitting you into sects and make you taste the violence of one another. See how We expound the Signs in various ways that they may understand

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:66

وَكَذَّبَ بِهِۦ قَوْمُكَ وَهُوَ ٱلْحَقُّ قُل لَّسْتُ عَلَيْكُم بِوَكِيلٍ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wakadhdhaba bihi qawmuka wahuwa l-haqqu qul lastu 'alaykum biwakeel

DIN 31635wakaḏḏaba bihi qawmuka wahuwa l-ḥaqqu qul lastu ʿalaykum biwakīlin

But your people rejected it, though it is the truth. Say, "I am not responsible for you."

Compare translations (4)

Thy people (O Muhammad) have denied it, though it is the Truth. Say: I am not put in charge of you

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Thy people called it a lie, and yet it is the truth. Say, 'I have not charge over you

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But thy people hath accused the Koran of falsehood, though it be the truth: SAY: I am not in charge of you

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And thy people have rejected it though it is the truth. Say, 'I am not a guardian over you

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:67

لِّكُلِّ نَبَإٍ مُّسْتَقَرٌّ وَسَوْفَ تَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)likulli naba'in mustaqarrun wasawfa ta'lamoon

DIN 31635likulli nabaʾin mustaqarrun wasawfa taʿlamūna

For every happening is a finality, and you will surely know.

Compare translations (4)

For every announcement there is a term, and ye will come to know

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

to every prophecy is a set time, and in the end ye shall know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

To every prophecy is its set time, and bye-and-bye ye shall know it

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

For every prophecy there is a fixed time; and soon will you come to know

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:68

وَإِذَا رَأَيْتَ ٱلَّذِينَ يَخُوضُونَ فِىٓ ءَايَٰتِنَا فَأَعْرِضْ عَنْهُمْ حَتَّىٰ يَخُوضُوا۟ فِى حَدِيثٍ غَيْرِهِۦ وَإِمَّا يُنسِيَنَّكَ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ فَلَا تَقْعُدْ بَعْدَ ٱلذِّكْرَىٰ مَعَ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhaa ra'ayta lladheena yakhoodoona fee aayaatinaa fa'a'rid 'anhum hattaa yakhoodoo fee hadeethin ghayrihi wa'immaa yunsiyannaka sh-shaytaanu falaa taq'ud ba'da dh-dhikraa ma'a l-qawmi z-zaalimeen

DIN 31635waʾiḏā raʾayta llaḏīna yaḫūḍūna fī ʾāyātinā faʾaʿriḍ ʿanhum ḥattā yaḫūḍū fī ḥadīṯin ġayrihi waʾimmā yunsiyannaka š-šayṭānu falā taqʿud baʿda ḏ-ḏikrā maʿa l-qawmi ẓ-ẓālimīna

When you encounter those who gossip about Our revelations, turn away from them, until they engage in another topic. But should Satan make you forget, do not sit after the recollection with the wicked people.

Compare translations (4)

And when thou seest those who meddle with Our revelations, withdraw from them until they meddle with another topic. And if the devil cause thee to forget, sit not, after the remembrance, with the congregation of wrong-doers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

When thou dost see those who plunge deeply into the discussion of our signs, turn from them until they plunge deeply into some other discourse; for it may be that Satan may make thee forget; but sit not, after thou hast remembered, with the unjust people

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when thou seest those who busy themselves with cavilling at our signs, withdraw from them till they busy themselves in some other subject: and if Satan cause thee to forget this, sit not, after recollection, with the ungodly people

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when thou seest those who engage in vain discourse concerning Our Signs, then turn thou away from them until they engage in a discourse other than that. And if Satan should cause thee to forget, then sit not, after recollection, with the unjust people

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:69

وَمَا عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ يَتَّقُونَ مِنْ حِسَابِهِم مِّن شَىْءٍ وَلَٰكِن ذِكْرَىٰ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَتَّقُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamaa 'alaa lladheena yattaqoona min hisaabihim min shay'in walaakin dhikraa la'allahum yattaqoon

DIN 31635wamā ʿalā llaḏīna yattaqūna min ḥisābihim min šayʾin walākin ḏikrā laʿallahum yattaqūna

The translators word this verse differently

The righteous are in no way accountable for them; it is only a reminder, that they may be careful.

Compare translations (4)

Those who ward off (evil) are not accountable for them in aught, but the Reminder (must be given them) that haply they (too) may ward off (evil)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Those who fear are not bound to take account of them at all, but mind!- haply they may fear

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Not that they who fear God are to pass any judgment upon them, but the object of recollection is that they may continue to fear Him

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And those who are righteous are not at all accountable for them, but their duty is to admonish them that they may fear God

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:70

وَذَرِ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ دِينَهُمْ لَعِبًا وَلَهْوًا وَغَرَّتْهُمُ ٱلْحَيَوٰةُ ٱلدُّنْيَا وَذَكِّرْ بِهِۦٓ أَن تُبْسَلَ نَفْسٌۢ بِمَا كَسَبَتْ لَيْسَ لَهَا مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ وَلِىٌّ وَلَا شَفِيعٌ وَإِن تَعْدِلْ كُلَّ عَدْلٍ لَّا يُؤْخَذْ مِنْهَآ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ أُبْسِلُوا۟ بِمَا كَسَبُوا۟ لَهُمْ شَرَابٌ مِّنْ حَمِيمٍ وَعَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌۢ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَكْفُرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wadhari lladheena takhadhoo deenahum la'iban walahwan wagharrathumu l-hayaatu d-dunyaa wadhakkir bihi an tubsala nafsun bimaa kasabat laysa lahaa min dooni llaahi waliyyun walaa shafee'un wa'in ta'dil kulla 'adlin laa yu'khadh minhaa oolaa'ika lladheena ubsiloo bimaa kasaboo lahum sharaabun min hameemin wa'adhaabun aleemun bimaa kaanoo yakfuroon

DIN 31635waḏari llaḏīna taḫaḏū dīnahum laʿiban walahwan waġarrathumu l-ḥayātu d-dunyā waḏakkir bihi ʾan tubsala nafsun bimā kasabat laysa lahā min dūni llāhi waliyyun walā šafīʿun waʾin taʿdil kulla ʿadlin lā yuʾḫaḏ minhā ʾūlāʾika llaḏīna ʾubsilū bimā kasabū lahum šarābun min ḥamīmin waʿaḏābun ʾalīmun bimā kānū yakfurūna

So leave alone those who take their religion for play and pastime, and whom the worldly life has deceived. But remind with it, lest a soul becomes damned on account of what it has earned. It has no helper or intercessor besides God. Even if it offers every equivalent, none will be accepted from it. These are the ones who are delivered to perdition by their actions. They will have a drink of scalding water, and a painful punishment, because they used to disbelieve.

Compare translations (4)

And forsake those who take their religion for a pastime and a jest, and whom the life of the world beguileth. Remind (mankind) hereby lest a soul be destroyed by what it earneth. It hath beside Allah no protecting ally nor intercessor, and though it offer every compensation it will not be accepted from it. Those are they who perish by their own deserts. For them is drink of boiling water and a painful doom, because they disbelieved

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Leave those who have taken their religion for a play and a sport, whom this world's life hath deceived, and remind them thereby that a soul shall be given up for what it has earned; nor has it, beside God, patron or intercessor; and though it should compensate with the fullest compensation, it would not be accepted. Those who are given up for what they have gained, for them is a drink of boiling water, and grievous woe for that they have misbelieved

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And quit those who make their religion a sport and a pastime, and whom this present life hath deceived: warn them hereby that every soul will be consigned to doom for its own works: patron or intercessor, beside God, shall it have none: and could it compensate with fullest compensation, it would not be accepted from it. They who for their deeds shall be consigned to doom - for them are draughts of boiling water, and a grievous torment; for that they believed not

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And leave alone those who take their religion to be a sport and a pastime, and whom worldly life has beguiled. And admonish people thereby lest a soul be consigned to perdition for what it has earned. It shall have no helper nor intercessor beside God; and even if it offer every ransom it shall not be accepted from it. These are they who have been delivered over to destruction for their own acts. They will have a drink of boiling water and a grievous punishment, because they disbelieved

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:71

قُلْ أَنَدْعُوا۟ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ مَا لَا يَنفَعُنَا وَلَا يَضُرُّنَا وَنُرَدُّ عَلَىٰٓ أَعْقَابِنَا بَعْدَ إِذْ هَدَىٰنَا ٱللَّهُ كَٱلَّذِى ٱسْتَهْوَتْهُ ٱلشَّيَٰطِينُ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ حَيْرَانَ لَهُۥٓ أَصْحَٰبٌ يَدْعُونَهُۥٓ إِلَى ٱلْهُدَى ٱئْتِنَا قُلْ إِنَّ هُدَى ٱللَّهِ هُوَ ٱلْهُدَىٰ وَأُمِرْنَا لِنُسْلِمَ لِرَبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul anad'oo min dooni llaahi maa laa yanfa'unaa walaa yadurrunaa wanuraddu 'alaa a'qaabinaa ba'da idh hadaanaa llaahu kalladhee stahwathu sh-shayaateenu fee l-'ardi hayraana lahu ashaabun yad'oonahu ilaa l-hudaa tinaa qul inna hudaa llaahi huwa l-hudaa wa'umirnaa linuslima lirabbi l-'aalameen

DIN 31635qul ʾanadʿū min dūni llāhi mā lā yanfaʿunā walā yaḍurrunā wanuraddu ʿalā ʾaʿqābinā baʿda ʾiḏ hadānā llāhu kallaḏī stahwathu š-šayāṭīnu fī l-ʾarḍi ḥayrāna lahu ʾaṣḥābun yadʿūnahu ʾilā l-hudā ʾtinā qul ʾinna hudā llāhi huwa l-hudā waʾumirnā linuslima lirabbi l-ʿālamīna

Say, "Shall we invoke besides God something that can neither benefit us nor harm us, and turn back on our heels after God has guided us; like someone seduced by the devils and confused on earth, who has friends calling him to guidance: 'Come to us'?" Say, "The guidance of God is the guidance, and we are commanded to surrender to the Lord of the Universe."

Compare translations (4)

Say: Shall we cry, instead of unto Allah, unto that which neither profiteth us nor hurteth us, and shall we turn back after Allah hath guided us, like one bewildered whom the devils have infatuated in the earth, who hath companions who invite him to the guidance (saying): Come unto us? Say: Lo! the guidance of Allah is Guidance, and we are ordered to surrender to the Lord of the Worlds

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'Shall we call on what neither profits us nor harms us, and be thrown back upon our heels after God has guided us, like him whom Satan hath led away bewildered in the earth, who has companions who call him to guidance, "Come to us?" ' Say, 'Verily, God's guidance is the guidance, and we are bidden to resign ourselves unto the Lord of the worlds

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: Shall we, beside God, call upon those who can neither help nor hurt us? Shall we turn upon our heel after that God hath guided us? Like some bewildered man whom the Satans have spell-bound in the desert, though his companions call him to the true guidance, with, "Come to us!" SAY: Verily, guidance from God, that is the true guidance; and we are commanded to surrender ourselves to the Lord of the Worlds

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, 'Shall we call beside God, upon that which can neither profit us nor harm us, and shall we be turn back on our heels after God guided us? -- Like one whom the evil ones entice away, leaving him bewildered in the land, and who has companions who call him to guidance, saying, 'Come to us.' Say : 'Surely, the guidance of God is the only true guidance and we have been commanded to submit to the Lord of all the worlds

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:72

وَأَنْ أَقِيمُوا۟ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَٱتَّقُوهُ وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ إِلَيْهِ تُحْشَرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'an aqeemoo s-salaata waattaqoohu wahuwa lladhee ilayhi tuhsharoon

DIN 31635waʾan ʾaqīmū ṣ-ṣalāta wāttaqūhu wahuwa llaḏī ʾilayhi tuḥšarūna

"And to perform the prayers, and to revere Him; it is to Him that you will be gathered."

Compare translations (4)

And to establish worship and be dutiful to Him, and He it is unto Whom ye will be gathered

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

and be ye steadfast in prayer and fear Him, for He it is to whom we shall be gathered

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And observe ye the times of prayer, and fear ye God: for it is He to whom ye shall be gathered

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And we have been given the command: Observe Prayers and fear Him;' and He it is Whom you shall all be gathered

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:73

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ بِٱلْحَقِّ وَيَوْمَ يَقُولُ كُن فَيَكُونُ قَوْلُهُ ٱلْحَقُّ وَلَهُ ٱلْمُلْكُ يَوْمَ يُنفَخُ فِى ٱلصُّورِ عَٰلِمُ ٱلْغَيْبِ وَٱلشَّهَٰدَةِ وَهُوَ ٱلْحَكِيمُ ٱلْخَبِيرُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wahuwa lladhee khalaqa s-samaawaati wal-'arda bil-haqqi wayawma yaqoolu kun fayakoonu qawluhu l-haqqu walahu l-mulku yawma yunfakhu fee s-soori 'aalimu l-ghaybi wash-shahaadati wahuwa l-hakeemu l-khabeer

DIN 31635wahuwa llaḏī ḫalaqa s-samāwāti wal-ʾarḍa bil-ḥaqqi wayawma yaqūlu kun fayakūnu qawluhu l-ḥaqqu walahu l-mulku yawma yunfaḫu fī ṣ-ṣūri ʿālimu l-ġaybi waš-šahādati wahuwa l-ḥakīmu l-ḫabīru

It is He who created the heavens and the earth in truth. On the Day when He says: "Be," it will be. His saying is the truth, and His is the sovereignty on the Day when the trumpet is blown. The Knower of secrets and declarations. He is the Wise, the Expert.

Compare translations (4)

He it is Who created the heavens and the earth in truth. In the day when He saith: Be! it is. His Word is the Truth, and His will be the Sovereignty on the day when the trumpet is blown. Knower of the Invisible and the Visible, He is the Wise, the Aware

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He it is who has created the heavens and the earth in truth; and on the day when He says, 'BE,' then it is. His word is truth; to Him is the kingdom on the day when the trumpets shall be blown; the knower of the unseen and of the evident; He is wise and well aware

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And it is He who hath created the Heavens and the Earth, in truth, and when He saith to a thing, "Be," it is. His word is the truth: and His the kingdom, on the day when there shall be a blast on the trumpet: He knoweth alike the unseen and the seen: and He is the Wise, the Cognisant

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And He it is Who created the heavens and the earth in accordance with the requirements of wisdom; and on the day when He will say, 'Be', it will be. His word is the truth, and His will be the Kingdom on the day when the trumpet will be blown. He is the Knower of the unseen and the seen. And He is the Wise, the All-Aware

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:74

وَإِذْ قَالَ إِبْرَٰهِيمُ لِأَبِيهِ ءَازَرَ أَتَتَّخِذُ أَصْنَامًا ءَالِهَةً إِنِّىٓ أَرَىٰكَ وَقَوْمَكَ فِى ضَلَٰلٍ مُّبِينٍ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh qaala ibraaheemu li'abeehi aazara atattakhidhu asnaaman aalihatan innee araaka waqawmaka fee dalaalin mubeen

DIN 31635waʾiḏ qāla ʾibrāhīmu liʾabīhi ʾāzara ʾatattaḫiḏu ʾaṣnāman ʾālihatan ʾinnī ʾarāka waqawmaka fī ḍalālin mubīnin

Abraham said to his father Azar, "Do you take idols for gods? I see that you and your people are in evident error."

Compare translations (4)

(Remember) when Abraham said unto his father Azar: Takest thou idols for gods? Lo! I see thee and thy folk in error manifest

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

When Abraham said to his father Azar, 'Dost thou take idols for gods? verily, I see thee and thy people in obvious error

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And remember when Abraham said to his father Azar, Takest thou images as gods? Verily, I see that thou and thy people are in manifest error

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And remember the time when Abraham said to his father, Azar, 'Dost thou take idols for gods? Surely, I see thee and thy people in manifest error

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:75

وَكَذَٰلِكَ نُرِىٓ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ مَلَكُوتَ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَلِيَكُونَ مِنَ ٱلْمُوقِنِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wakadhaalika nuree ibraaheema malakoota s-samaawaati wal-'ardi waliyakoona mina l-mooqineen

DIN 31635wakaḏālika nurī ʾibrāhīma malakūta s-samāwāti wal-ʾarḍi waliyakūna mina l-mūqinīna

Thus We showed Abraham the empire of the heavens and the earth, that he might be one of those with certainty.

Compare translations (4)

Thus did We show Abraham the kingdom of the heavens and the earth that he might be of those possessing certainty

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Thus did we show Abraham the kingdom of heaven and of the earth, that he should be of those who are sure

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And thus did we shew Abraham the kingdom of the Heavens and of the Earth, that he might be stablished in knowledge

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And thus did we show Abraham the Kingdom of the heavens and the earth that he should have full knowledge and that he might be of those who possess certainty of faith

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:76

فَلَمَّا جَنَّ عَلَيْهِ ٱلَّيْلُ رَءَا كَوْكَبًا قَالَ هَٰذَا رَبِّى فَلَمَّآ أَفَلَ قَالَ لَآ أُحِبُّ ٱلْـَٔافِلِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)falammaa janna 'alayhi llaylu ra'aa kawkaban qaala haadhaa rabbee falammaa afala qaala laa uhibbu l-'aafileen

DIN 31635falammā ǧanna ʿalayhi llaylu raʾā kawkaban qāla hāḏā rabbī falammā ʾafala qāla lā ʾuḥibbu l-ʾāfilīna

When the night fell over him, he saw a planet. He said, "This is my lord." But when it set, he said, "I do not love those that set."

Compare translations (4)

When the night grew dark upon him he beheld a star. He said: This is my Lord. But when it set, he said: I love not things that set

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when the night overshadowed him he saw a star and said, 'This is my Lord;' but when it set he said, 'I love not those that set

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when the night overshadowed him, he beheld a star. "This," said he, "is my Lord:" but when it set, he said, "I love not gods which set

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when the night darkened upon him, he saw a star. He said, 'Can this be my Lord?' But when it set, he said, I like not those that set

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:77

فَلَمَّا رَءَا ٱلْقَمَرَ بَازِغًا قَالَ هَٰذَا رَبِّى فَلَمَّآ أَفَلَ قَالَ لَئِن لَّمْ يَهْدِنِى رَبِّى لَأَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلضَّآلِّينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)falammaa ra'aa l-qamara baazighan qaala haadhaa rabbee falammaa afala qaala la'in lam yahdinee rabbee la'akoonanna mina l-qawmi d-daalleen

DIN 31635falammā raʾā l-qamara bāziġan qāla hāḏā rabbī falammā ʾafala qāla laʾin lam yahdinī rabbī laʾakūnanna mina l-qawmi ḍ-ḍāllīna

Then, when he saw the moon rising, he said, "This is my lord." But when it set, he said, "If my Lord does not guide me, I will be one of the erring people."

Compare translations (4)

And when he saw the moon uprising, he exclaimed: This is my Lord. But when it set, he said: Unless my Lord guide me, I surely shall become one of the folk who are astray

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when he saw the moon beginning to rise he said, 'This is my Lord;' but when it set he said, 'If God my Lord guides me not I shall surely be of the people who err

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when he beheld the moon uprising, "This," said he, "is my Lord:" but when it set, he said, "Surely, if my Lord guide me not, I shall surely be of those who go astray

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when he saw the moon rise with spreading light, he said, 'Can this be my lord?' But when it set, he said, 'If my Lord guide me not, I shall surely be of the people who go astray

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:78

فَلَمَّا رَءَا ٱلشَّمْسَ بَازِغَةً قَالَ هَٰذَا رَبِّى هَٰذَآ أَكْبَرُ فَلَمَّآ أَفَلَتْ قَالَ يَٰقَوْمِ إِنِّى بَرِىٓءٌ مِّمَّا تُشْرِكُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)falammaa ra'aa sh-shamsa baazighatan qaala haadhaa rabbee haadhaa akbaru falammaa afalat qaala yaa qawmi innee baree'un mimmaa tushrikoon

DIN 31635falammā raʾā š-šamsa bāziġatan qāla hāḏā rabbī hāḏā ʾakbaru falammā ʾafalat qāla yā qawmi ʾinnī barīʾun mimmā tušrikūna

Then, when he saw the sun rising, he said, "This is my lord, this is bigger." But when it set, he said, "O my people, I am innocent of your idolatry.

Compare translations (4)

And when he saw the sun uprising, he cried: This is my Lord! This is greater! And when it set he exclaimed: O my people! Lo! I am free from all that ye associate (with Him)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when he saw the sun beginning to rise he said, 'This is my Lord, this is greatest of all;' but when it set he said, 'O my people! verily, I am clear of what ye associate with God

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when he beheld the sun uprise, he said, "This is my Lord; this is greatest." But when it set, he said, "O my people! I share not with you the guilt of joining gods with God

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when he saw the sun rise with spreading light, he said, 'Can this be my Lord? This is the greatest.' But when it also set, he said, 'O my people! surely I am quit of that which you associate with God

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:79

إِنِّى وَجَّهْتُ وَجْهِىَ لِلَّذِى فَطَرَ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ حَنِيفًا وَمَآ أَنَا۠ مِنَ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)innee wajjahtu wajhiya lilladhee fatara s-samaawaati wal-'arda haneefan wamaa anaa mina l-mushrikeen

DIN 31635ʾinnī waǧǧahtu waǧhiya lillaḏī faṭara s-samāwāti wal-ʾarḍa ḥanīfan wamā ʾanā mina l-mušrikīna

I have directed my attention towards Him Who created the heavens and the earth-a monotheist-and I am not of the idolaters."

Compare translations (4)

Lo! I have turned my face toward Him Who created the heavens and the earth, as one by nature upright, and I am not of the idolaters

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

verily, I have turned my face to him who originated the heaven and the earth, as a 'Hanif, and I am not of the idolaters

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

I turn my face to him who hath created the Heavens and the Earth, following the right religion: I am not one of those who add gods to God

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

I have turned my face toward Him Who created the heavens and the earth, being ever inclined to God, and I am not of those who associate gods with Him

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:80

وَحَآجَّهُۥ قَوْمُهُۥ قَالَ أَتُحَٰٓجُّوٓنِّى فِى ٱللَّهِ وَقَدْ هَدَىٰنِ وَلَآ أَخَافُ مَا تُشْرِكُونَ بِهِۦٓ إِلَّآ أَن يَشَآءَ رَبِّى شَيْـًٔا وَسِعَ رَبِّى كُلَّ شَىْءٍ عِلْمًا أَفَلَا تَتَذَكَّرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wahaajjahu qawmuhu qaala atuhaajjoonnee fee llaahi waqad hadaani walaa akhaafu maa tushrikoona bihi illaa an yashaa'a rabbee shay'an wasi'a rabbee kulla shay'in 'ilman afalaa tatadhakkaroon

DIN 31635waḥāǧǧahu qawmuhu qāla ʾatuḥāǧǧūnnī fī llāhi waqad hadāni walā ʾaḫāfu mā tušrikūna bihi ʾillā ʾan yašāʾa rabbī šayʾan wasiʿa rabbī kulla šayʾin ʿilman ʾafalā tataḏakkarūna

And his people argued with him. He said, "Do you argue with me about God, when He has guided me? I do not fear what you associate with Him, unless my Lord wills it. My Lord comprehends all things in knowledge. Will you not reconsider?

Compare translations (4)

His people argued with him. He said: Dispute ye with me concerning Allah when He hath guided me? I fear not at all that which ye set up beside Him unless my Lord willeth aught. My Lord includeth all things in His knowledge. Will ye not then remember

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And his people disputed with him;- he said, 'Do ye dispute with me concerning God, when He has guided me? but I fear not what ye associate with Him unless my Lord should wish for anything. My Lord doth comprehend all things in His knowledge, will ye not then remember

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And his people disputed with him. - He said: "Dispute ye with me about God, when He hath guided me? And I fear not the deities whom ye join with Him, for only by the will of my Lord have they any power: My Lord embraceth all things in His knowledge. Will ye not then consider

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And his people argued with him. He said, 'Do you argue with me concerning God when He has guided me aright? And I fear not that which you associate with HIM' except that I fear what my Lord wills. My Lord comprehends all things in His knowledge. Will you not them be admonished

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:81

وَكَيْفَ أَخَافُ مَآ أَشْرَكْتُمْ وَلَا تَخَافُونَ أَنَّكُمْ أَشْرَكْتُم بِٱللَّهِ مَا لَمْ يُنَزِّلْ بِهِۦ عَلَيْكُمْ سُلْطَٰنًا فَأَىُّ ٱلْفَرِيقَيْنِ أَحَقُّ بِٱلْأَمْنِ إِن كُنتُمْ تَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wakayfa akhaafu maa ashraktum walaa takhaafoona annakum ashraktum billaahi maa lam yunazzil bihi 'alaykum sultaanan fa'ayyu l-fareeqayni ahaqqu bil-'amni in kuntum ta'lamoon

DIN 31635wakayfa ʾaḫāfu mā ʾašraktum walā taḫāfūna ʾannakum ʾašraktum billāhi mā lam yunazzil bihi ʿalaykum sulṭānan faʾayyu l-farīqayni ʾaḥaqqu bil-ʾamni ʾin kuntum taʿlamūna

And why should I fear those you associate with Him, and you do not fear associating others with God for which He sent down to you no authority? Which side is more entitled to security, if you are aware?"

Compare translations (4)

How should I fear that which ye set up beside Him, when ye fear not to set up beside Allah that for which He hath revealed unto you no warrant? Which of the two factions hath more right to safety? (Answer me that) if ye have knowledge

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

How should I fear what ye associate with Him, when ye yourselves fear not to associate with God what He has sent down to you no power to do? Which then of the two sects is worthier of belief, if indeed ye know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And how should I fear what ye have joined with God, since ye fear not for having joined with Him that for which He hath sent you down no warranty? Which, therefore, of the two parties is more worthy of safety? Know ye that

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And why should I fear that which you associate with God, when you fear not to associate with God that for which He has sent down to you no authority? Which, then, of the two parties has better title to security, If indeed you know

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:82

ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَلَمْ يَلْبِسُوٓا۟ إِيمَٰنَهُم بِظُلْمٍ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ لَهُمُ ٱلْأَمْنُ وَهُم مُّهْتَدُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alladheena aamanoo walam yalbisoo eemaanahum bizulmin oolaa'ika lahumu l-'amnu wahum muhtadoon

DIN 31635allaḏīna ʾāmanū walam yalbisū ʾīmānahum biẓulmin ʾūlāʾika lahumu l-ʾamnu wahum muhtadūna

Those who believe, and do not obscure their faith with wrongdoing-those will have security, and they are guided.

Compare translations (4)

Those who believe and obscure not their belief by wrongdoing, theirs is safety; and they are rightly guided

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Those who believe and do not obscure their faith with wrong, they are those who shall have security, and they are guided

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They who believe, and who clothe not their faith with error. theirs is safety, and they are guided aright

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Those who belief and mix not up their belief with injustice -- it is they who shall have peace, and who are rightly guided

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:83

وَتِلْكَ حُجَّتُنَآ ءَاتَيْنَٰهَآ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ عَلَىٰ قَوْمِهِۦ نَرْفَعُ دَرَجَٰتٍ مَّن نَّشَآءُ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ حَكِيمٌ عَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)watilka hujjatunaa aataynaahaa ibraaheema 'alaa qawmihi narfa'u darajaatin man nashaa'u inna rabbaka hakeemun 'aleem

DIN 31635watilka ḥuǧǧatunā ʾātaynāhā ʾibrāhīma ʿalā qawmihi narfaʿu daraǧātin man našāʾu ʾinna rabbaka ḥakīmun ʿalīmun

That was Our argument which We gave to Abraham against his people. We elevate by degrees whomever We will. Your Lord is Wise and Informed.

Compare translations (4)

That is Our argument. We gave it unto Abraham against his folk. We raise unto degrees of wisdom whom We will. Lo! thy Lord is Wise, Aware

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

These are our arguments which we gave to Abraham against his people;- we raise the rank of whom we will; verily, thy Lord is wise and knowing

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

This is our reasoning with which we furnished Abraham against his people: We uplift to grades of wisdom whom we will; Verily thy Lord is Wise, Knowing

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And that is Our argument which We gave to Abraham against his people. We exalt in decrees of rank whomso We please. Thy Lord is indeed Wise, All-Knowing

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:84

وَوَهَبْنَا لَهُۥٓ إِسْحَٰقَ وَيَعْقُوبَ كُلًّا هَدَيْنَا وَنُوحًا هَدَيْنَا مِن قَبْلُ وَمِن ذُرِّيَّتِهِۦ دَاوُۥدَ وَسُلَيْمَٰنَ وَأَيُّوبَ وَيُوسُفَ وَمُوسَىٰ وَهَٰرُونَ وَكَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wawahabnaa lahu ishaaqa waya'qooba kullan hadaynaa wanoohan hadaynaa min qablu wamin dhurriyyatihi daawooda wasulaymaana wa'ayyooba wayoosufa wamoosaa wahaaroona wakadhaalika najzee l-muhsineen

DIN 31635wawahabnā lahu ʾisḥāqa wayaʿqūba kullan hadaynā wanūḥan hadaynā min qablu wamin ḏurriyyatihi dāwūda wasulaymāna waʾayyūba wayūsufa wamūsā wahārūna wakaḏālika naǧzī l-muḥsinīna

And We gave him Isaac and Jacob-each of them We guided. And We guided Noah previously; and from his descendants David, and Solomon, and Job, and Joseph, and Moses, and Aaron. Thus We reward the righteous.

Compare translations (4)

And We bestowed upon him Isaac and Jacob; each of them We guided; and Noah did We guide aforetime; and of his seed (We guided) David and Solomon and Job and Joseph and Moses and Aaron. Thus do We reward the good

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And we gave to him Isaac and Jacob, each did we guide. And Noah we guided before and all his seed,- David and Solomon and Job and Joseph and Moses and Aaron,- for thus do we reward those who do good

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And we gave him Isaac and Jacob, and guided both aright; and we had before guided Noah; and among the descendants of Abraham, David and Solomon, and Job and Joseph, and Moses and Aaron: Thus do we recompense the righteous

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And We gave him Isaac and Jacob; each did We guide aright, and Noah did We guide aright aforetime, and of his progeny, David and Solomon and Job and Joseph and Moses and Aaron. Thus do We reward those who do good

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:85

وَزَكَرِيَّا وَيَحْيَىٰ وَعِيسَىٰ وَإِلْيَاسَ كُلٌّ مِّنَ ٱلصَّٰلِحِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wazakariyyaa wayahyaa wa'eesaa wa'ilyaasa kullun mina s-saaliheen

DIN 31635wazakariyyā wayaḥyā waʿīsā waʾilyāsa kullun mina ṣ-ṣāliḥīna

And Zechariah, and John, and Jesus, and Elias-every one of them was of the upright.

Compare translations (4)

And Zachariah and John and Jesus and Elias. Each one (of them) was of the righteous

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And Zachariah and John and Jesus and Elias, all righteous ones

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And Zachariah, John, Jesus, and Elias: all were just persons

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And We guided Zachariah and John and Jesus and Elias; each one of them was of the righteous

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:86

وَإِسْمَٰعِيلَ وَٱلْيَسَعَ وَيُونُسَ وَلُوطًا وَكُلًّا فَضَّلْنَا عَلَى ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'ismaa'eela wal-yasa'a wayoonusa walootan wakullan faddalnaa 'alaa l-'aalameen

DIN 31635waʾismāʿīla wal-yasaʿa wayūnusa walūṭan wakullan faḍḍalnā ʿalā l-ʿālamīna

And Ishmael, and Elijah, and Jonah, and Lot-We favored each one of them over all other people.

Compare translations (4)

And Ishmael and Elisha and Jonah and Lot. Each one (of them) did We prefer above (Our) creatures

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

and Ishmael and Elisha and Jonas and Lot, each one have we preferred above the worlds

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And Ismael and Elisha and Jonas and Lot: all these have we favoured above mankind

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And We also guided Ishmael and Elisha and Jonah and Lot! and each one of them did We exalt above the people

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:87

وَمِنْ ءَابَآئِهِمْ وَذُرِّيَّٰتِهِمْ وَإِخْوَٰنِهِمْ وَٱجْتَبَيْنَٰهُمْ وَهَدَيْنَٰهُمْ إِلَىٰ صِرَٰطٍ مُّسْتَقِيمٍ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamin aabaa'ihim wadhurriyyaatihim wa'ikhwaanihim wajtabaynaahum wahadaynaahum ilaa siraatin mustaqeem

DIN 31635wamin ʾābāʾihim waḏurriyyātihim waʾiḫwānihim waǧtabaynāhum wahadaynāhum ʾilā ṣirāṭin mustaqīmin

And of their ancestors, and their descendants, and their siblings-We chose them, and guided them to a straight path.

Compare translations (4)

With some of their forefathers and their offspring and their brethren; and We chose them and guided them unto a straight path

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

and of their fathers and their seed and brethren; we have chosen them and guided them into a right way

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And some of their fathers, and of their offspring, and of their brethren: and we chose them, and guided them into the straight way

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And We exalted some of their fathers and their children and their brethren, and We chose them and We guided them in the straight path

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:88

ذَٰلِكَ هُدَى ٱللَّهِ يَهْدِى بِهِۦ مَن يَشَآءُ مِنْ عِبَادِهِۦ وَلَوْ أَشْرَكُوا۟ لَحَبِطَ عَنْهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)dhaalika hudaa llaahi yahdee bihi man yashaa'u min 'ibaadihi walaw ashrakoo lahabita 'anhum maa kaanoo ya'maloon

DIN 31635ḏālika hudā llāhi yahdī bihi man yašāʾu min ʿibādihi walaw ʾašrakū laḥabiṭa ʿanhum mā kānū yaʿmalūna

The translators word this verse differently

Such is God's guidance. He guides with it whomever He wills of His servants. Had they associated, their deeds would have gone in vain.

Compare translations (4)

Such is the guidance of Allah wherewith He guideth whom He will of His bondmen. But if they had set up (for worship) aught beside Him, (all) that they did would have been vain

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

That is God's guidance; He guides those whom He will of His servants; and if they associate aught with Him,- vain is that which they have worked

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

This is God's guidance: He guideth by it such of his servants as he will: But if they join others god with Him, vain assuredly shall be all their works

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

That is the guidance of God. He guides thereby those of His servants whom He pleases. And if they had worshiped aught beside Him, surely all they did would have been of no avail to them

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:89

أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَاتَيْنَٰهُمُ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ وَٱلْحُكْمَ وَٱلنُّبُوَّةَ فَإِن يَكْفُرْ بِهَا هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ فَقَدْ وَكَّلْنَا بِهَا قَوْمًا لَّيْسُوا۟ بِهَا بِكَٰفِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)oolaa'ika lladheena aataynaahumu l-kitaaba wal-hukma wan-nubuwwata fa'in yakfur bihaa haa'ulaa'i faqad wakkalnaa bihaa qawman laysoo bihaa bikaafireen

DIN 31635ʾūlāʾika llaḏīna ʾātaynāhumu l-kitāba wal-ḥukma wan-nubuwwata faʾin yakfur bihā hāʾulāʾi faqad wakkalnā bihā qawman laysū bihā bikāfirīna

Those are they to whom We gave the Book, and wisdom, and prophethood. If these reject them, We have entrusted them to others who do not reject them.

Compare translations (4)

Those are they unto whom We gave the Scripture and command and prophethood. But if these disbelieve therein, then indeed We shall entrust it to a people who will not be disbelievers therein

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

It is to these we give the Book and judgment and prophecy; and if these disbelieve therein we have given them in charge to a people who shall not disbelieve

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

These are they to whom we gave the Scripture and Wisdom and Prophecy: but if these their posterity believe not therein, we will entrust these gifts to a people who will not disbelieve therein

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

It is to these whom We gave the Book and dominion and Prophethood. But if they are ungrateful for these favours it matters not, for We have now entrusted them to a people who are not ungrateful for them

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:90

أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ هَدَى ٱللَّهُ فَبِهُدَىٰهُمُ ٱقْتَدِهْ قُل لَّآ أَسْـَٔلُكُمْ عَلَيْهِ أَجْرًا إِنْ هُوَ إِلَّا ذِكْرَىٰ لِلْعَٰلَمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)oolaa'ika lladheena hadaa llaahu fabihudaahumu qtadih qul laa as'alukum 'alayhi ajran in huwa illaa dhikraa lil'aalameen

DIN 31635ʾūlāʾika llaḏīna hadā llāhu fabihudāhumu qtadih qul lā ʾasʾalukum ʿalayhi ʾaǧran ʾin huwa ʾillā ḏikrā lilʿālamīna

The translators word this verse differently

Those are they whom God has guided, so follow their guidance. Say, "I ask of you no compensation for it; it is just a reminder for all mankind."

Compare translations (4)

Those are they whom Allah guideth, so follow their guidance. Say (O Muhammad, unto mankind): I ask of you no fee for it. Lo! it is naught but a Reminder to (His) creatures

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

It is these that God hath guided, and by their guidance be thou led. Say, 'I will not ask you for it a hire: it is naught save a reminder to the worlds

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

These are they whom God hath guided: follow therefore their guidance. SAY: No pay do I ask of you for this: Verily it is no other than the teaching for all creatures

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

These it is whom God guide aright, so follow thou their guidance. Say, 'I ask not of you any reward for it. This is naught but an admonition for all mankind

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:91

وَمَا قَدَرُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ حَقَّ قَدْرِهِۦٓ إِذْ قَالُوا۟ مَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ بَشَرٍ مِّن شَىْءٍ قُلْ مَنْ أَنزَلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ ٱلَّذِى جَآءَ بِهِۦ مُوسَىٰ نُورًا وَهُدًى لِّلنَّاسِ تَجْعَلُونَهُۥ قَرَاطِيسَ تُبْدُونَهَا وَتُخْفُونَ كَثِيرًا وَعُلِّمْتُم مَّا لَمْ تَعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنتُمْ وَلَآ ءَابَآؤُكُمْ قُلِ ٱللَّهُ ثُمَّ ذَرْهُمْ فِى خَوْضِهِمْ يَلْعَبُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamaa qadaroo llaaha haqqa qadrihi idh qaaloo maa anzala llaahu 'alaa basharin min shay'in qul man anzala l-kitaaba lladhee jaa'a bihi moosaa nooran wahudan lilnnaasi taj'aloonahu qaraateesa tubdoonahaa watukhfoona katheeran wa'ullimtum maa lam ta'lamoo antum walaa aabaa'ukum quli llaahu thumma dharhum fee khawdihim yal'aboon

DIN 31635wamā qadarū llāha ḥaqqa qadrihi ʾiḏ qālū mā ʾanzala llāhu ʿalā bašarin min šayʾin qul man ʾanzala l-kitāba llaḏī ǧāʾa bihi mūsā nūran wahudan lilnnāsi taǧʿalūnahu qarāṭīsa tubdūnahā watuḫfūna kaṯīran waʿullimtum mā lam taʿlamū ʾantum walā ʾābāʾukum quli llāhu ṯumma ḏarhum fī ḫawḍihim yalʿabūna

They do not value God as He should be valued, when they say, "God did not reveal anything to any human being." Say, "Who revealed the Scripture which Moses brought-a light and guidance for humanity?" You put it on scrolls, displaying them, yet concealing much. And you were taught what you did not know-neither you, nor your ancestors. Say, "God;" then leave them toying away in their speculation.

Compare translations (4)

And they measure not the power of Allah its true measure when they say: Allah hath naught revealed unto a human being. Say (unto the Jews who speak thus): Who revealed the Book which Moses brought, a light and guidance for mankind, which ye have put on parchments which ye show, but ye hide much (thereof), and (by which) ye were taught that which ye knew not yourselves nor (did) your fathers (know it)? Say: Allah. Then leave them to their play of cavilling

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They do not prize God at His true worth when they say, 'God has never revealed to mortal anything.' Say, 'Who revealed the Book wherewith Moses came, a light and a guidance unto men? Ye put it on papers which ye show, though ye hide much; and ye are taught what ye knew not, neither you nor your fathers.' Say, 'God,' then leave them in their discussion to play

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

No just estimate do they form of God when they say, "Nothing hath God sent down to man." SAY: Who sent down the Book which Moses brought, a light and guidance to man, which ye set down on paper, publishing part, but concealing most: though ye have now been taught that which neither ye nor your fathers knew? SAY: It is God: then leave them in their pastime of cavillings

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And they do not make a just estimate of the attributes of God, when they say, 'God has not revealed anything to any man. Say, 'Who revealed the Book which Moses brought, a light and a guidance for the people -- though you treat it as scrapes of paper, some of which you show while you hide much thereof and you have been taught that which neither you nor your fathers knew?' Say, 'God.' Then leave them to amuse themselves with idle talk

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:92

وَهَٰذَا كِتَٰبٌ أَنزَلْنَٰهُ مُبَارَكٌ مُّصَدِّقُ ٱلَّذِى بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ وَلِتُنذِرَ أُمَّ ٱلْقُرَىٰ وَمَنْ حَوْلَهَا وَٱلَّذِينَ يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ يُؤْمِنُونَ بِهِۦ وَهُمْ عَلَىٰ صَلَاتِهِمْ يُحَافِظُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wahaadhaa kitaabun anzalnaahu mubaarakun musaddiqu lladhee bayna yadayhi walitundhira umma l-quraa waman hawlahaa walladheena yu'minoona bil-'aakhirati yu'minoona bihi wahum 'alaa salaatihim yuhaafizoon

DIN 31635wahāḏā kitābun ʾanzalnāhu mubārakun muṣaddiqu llaḏī bayna yadayhi walitunḏira ʾumma l-qurā waman ḥawlahā wallaḏīna yuʾminūna bil-ʾāḫirati yuʾminūna bihi wahum ʿalā ṣalātihim yuḥāfiẓūna

This too is a Scripture that We revealed-blessed-verifying what preceded it, that you may warn the Mother of Cities and all around it. Those who believe in the Hereafter believe in it, and are dedicated to their prayers.

Compare translations (4)

And this is a blessed Scripture which We have revealed, confirming that which (was revealed) before it, that thou mayst warn the Mother of Villages and those around her. Those who believe in the Hereafter believe herein, and they are careful of their worship

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

This is the Book which we have revealed, a blessing and a confirmation to those which were before it, and that the mother of cities may be warned, with those who are round about her. Those who believe in the last day believe therein, and they unto their prayers will keep

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And this Book which we have sent down is blessed, confirming that which was before it; and in order that thou mightest warn the mother-city and those who dwell round about it. They who believe in the next life will believe in It, and will keep strictly to their Prayers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And this is a Book which We have revealed, full of blessings, to fulfill that which preceded it, and to enable thee to warn the Mother of towns and those around her. And those, who believe in the Hereafter, believe therein and they strictly observe their Prayers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:93

وَمَنْ أَظْلَمُ مِمَّنِ ٱفْتَرَىٰ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ كَذِبًا أَوْ قَالَ أُوحِىَ إِلَىَّ وَلَمْ يُوحَ إِلَيْهِ شَىْءٌ وَمَن قَالَ سَأُنزِلُ مِثْلَ مَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ وَلَوْ تَرَىٰٓ إِذِ ٱلظَّٰلِمُونَ فِى غَمَرَٰتِ ٱلْمَوْتِ وَٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةُ بَاسِطُوٓا۟ أَيْدِيهِمْ أَخْرِجُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَكُمُ ٱلْيَوْمَ تُجْزَوْنَ عَذَابَ ٱلْهُونِ بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَقُولُونَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ غَيْرَ ٱلْحَقِّ وَكُنتُمْ عَنْ ءَايَٰتِهِۦ تَسْتَكْبِرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waman azlamu mimmani ftaraa 'alaa llaahi kadhiban aw qaala oohiya ilayya walam yooha ilayhi shay'un waman qaala sa'unzilu mithla maa anzala llaahu walaw taraa idhi z-zaalimoona fee ghamaraati l-mawti wal-malaa'ikatu baasitoo aydeehim akhrijoo anfusakumu l-yawma tujzawna 'adhaaba l-hooni bimaa kuntum taqooloona 'alaa llaahi ghayra l-haqqi wakuntum 'an aayaatihi tastakbiroon

DIN 31635waman ʾaẓlamu mimmani ftarā ʿalā llāhi kaḏiban ʾaw qāla ʾūḥiya ʾilayya walam yūḥa ʾilayhi šayʾun waman qāla saʾunzilu miṯla mā ʾanzala llāhu walaw tarā ʾiḏi ẓ-ẓālimūna fī ġamarāti l-mawti wal-malāʾikatu bāsiṭū ʾaydīhim ʾaḫriǧū ʾanfusakumu l-yawma tuǧzawna ʿaḏāba l-hūni bimā kuntum taqūlūna ʿalā llāhi ġayra l-ḥaqqi wakuntum ʿan ʾāyātihi tastakbirūna

The translators word this verse differently

Who does greater wrong than someone who invents falsehood against God, or says, "It was revealed to me," when nothing was revealed to him, or says, "I will reveal the like of what God revealed"? If only you could see the wrongdoers in the floods of death, as the angels with arms outstretched: "Give up your souls. Today you are being repaid with the torment of shame for having said about God other than the truth, and for being too proud to accept His revelations."

Compare translations (4)

Who is guilty of more wrong than he who forgeth a lie against Allah, or saith: I am inspired, when he is not inspired in aught; and who saith: I will reveal the like of that which Allah hath revealed? If thou couldst see, when the wrong-doers reach the pangs of death and the angels stretch their hands out (saying): Deliver up your souls. This day ye are awarded doom of degradation for that ye spake concerning Allah other than the truth, and used to scorn His portents

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Who is more unjust than he who devises against God a lie, or says, 'I am inspired,' when he was not inspired at all? and who says, 'I will bring down the like of what God has sent down;' but didst thou see when the unjust are in the floods of death, and the angels stretch forth their hands, 'Give ye forth your souls; today shall ye be recompensed with the torment of disgrace, for that ye did say against God what was not true, and were too proud to hear His signs

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But is any more wicked than he who deviseth a lie of God, or saith, "I have had a revelation," when nothing was revealed to him? And who saith, "I can bring down a book like that which God hath sent down"? But couldst thou see when the ungodly are in the floods of death, and the angels reach forth their hands, saying, "Yield up your souls: - this day shall ye be recompensed with a humiliating punishment for your untrue sayings about God, and for proudly rejecting his signs

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And who is more unjust than he who forges a lie against God, or says, 'It has been revealed to me,' while nothing has been revealed to him; and who says, 'I will sent down the like of that which God has sent down?' And if thou couldst only see, when the wrongdoers are in the agonies of death, and the angels stretch forth their hands, saying, 'Yield up your souls. This day shall you be awarded the punishment of disgrace because of that which you spoke against God falsely and because you turned away from His Signs with disdain

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:94

وَلَقَدْ جِئْتُمُونَا فُرَٰدَىٰ كَمَا خَلَقْنَٰكُمْ أَوَّلَ مَرَّةٍ وَتَرَكْتُم مَّا خَوَّلْنَٰكُمْ وَرَآءَ ظُهُورِكُمْ وَمَا نَرَىٰ مَعَكُمْ شُفَعَآءَكُمُ ٱلَّذِينَ زَعَمْتُمْ أَنَّهُمْ فِيكُمْ شُرَكَٰٓؤُا۟ لَقَد تَّقَطَّعَ بَيْنَكُمْ وَضَلَّ عَنكُم مَّا كُنتُمْ تَزْعُمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaqad ji'tumoonaa furaadaa kamaa khalaqnaakum awwala marratin wataraktum maa khawwalnaakum waraa'a zuhoorikum wamaa naraa ma'akum shufa'aa'akumu lladheena za'amtum annahum feekum shurakaa'u laqad taqatta'a baynakum wadalla 'ankum maa kuntum taz'umoon

DIN 31635walaqad ǧiʾtumūnā furādā kamā ḫalaqnākum ʾawwala marratin wataraktum mā ḫawwalnākum warāʾa ẓuhūrikum wamā narā maʿakum šufaʿāʾakumu llaḏīna zaʿamtum ʾannahum fīkum šurakāʾu laqad taqaṭṭaʿa baynakum waḍalla ʿankum mā kuntum tazʿumūna

"You have come to Us individually, just as We created you the first time, leaving behind you everything We gave you. We do not see with you your intercessors-those you claimed were your partners. The link between you is cut, and what you had asserted has failed you."

Compare translations (4)

Now have ye come unto Us solitary as We did create you at the first, and ye have left behind you all that We bestowed upon you, and We behold not with you those your intercessors, of whom ye claimed that they possessed a share in you. Now is the bond between you severed, and that which ye presumed hath failed you

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And ye come now single-handed as we created you at first, and ye have left behind your backs that which we granted you; and we see not with you your intercessors whom ye pretended were partners amongst you; betwixt you have the ties been cut asunder; and strayed away from you is what ye did pretend

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And now are ye come back to us, alone, as we created you at first, and ye leave behind you the good things which we had given you, and we see not with you your intercessors whom ye regarded as the companions of God among you. There is a severance between you now, and those whom ye regarded as partners with God have deserted you

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And now you come to Us one by one even as We create you at first, and you have left behind your backs that which We bestowed upon you, and We do not see with you your intercessors of whom you asserted that they were partners with God in your affairs. Now you have been cut off from one another and that which you asserted has failed you

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:95

إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ فَالِقُ ٱلْحَبِّ وَٱلنَّوَىٰ يُخْرِجُ ٱلْحَىَّ مِنَ ٱلْمَيِّتِ وَمُخْرِجُ ٱلْمَيِّتِ مِنَ ٱلْحَىِّ ذَٰلِكُمُ ٱللَّهُ فَأَنَّىٰ تُؤْفَكُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna llaaha faaliqu l-habbi wan-nawaa yukhriju l-hayya mina l-mayyiti wamukhriju l-mayyiti mina l-hayyi dhaalikumu llaahu fa'annaa tu'fakoon

DIN 31635ʾinna llāha fāliqu l-ḥabbi wan-nawā yuḫriǧu l-ḥayya mina l-mayyiti wamuḫriǧu l-mayyiti mina l-ḥayyi ḏālikumu llāhu faʾannā tuʾfakūna

It is God Who splits the grain and the seed. He brings the living from the dead, and He brings the dead from the living. Such is God. So how could you deviate?

Compare translations (4)

Lo! Allah (it is) Who splitteth the grain of corn and the date-stone (for sprouting). He bringeth forth the living from the dead, and is the bringer-forth of the dead from the living. Such is Allah. How then are ye perverted

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, God it is who cleaves out the grain and the date-stone; He brings forth the living from the dead, and it is He who brings the dead from the living. There is God! how then can ye be beguiled

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Verily God causeth the grain and the date stone to put forth: He bringeth forth the living from the dead, and the dead from the living! This is God! Why, then, are ye turned aside from Him

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Verily, it is God Who causes the grain and the date-stones to sprout. He brings forth the living from the dead, and He is the Bringer forth of the dead from the living. That is God; wherefore, then, are you turned back

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:96

فَالِقُ ٱلْإِصْبَاحِ وَجَعَلَ ٱلَّيْلَ سَكَنًا وَٱلشَّمْسَ وَٱلْقَمَرَ حُسْبَانًا ذَٰلِكَ تَقْدِيرُ ٱلْعَزِيزِ ٱلْعَلِيمِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)faaliqu l-'isbaahi waja'ala llayla sakanan wash-shamsa wal-qamara husbaanan dhaalika taqdeeru l-'azeezi l-'aleem

DIN 31635fāliqu l-ʾiṣbāḥi waǧaʿala llayla sakanan waš-šamsa wal-qamara ḥusbānan ḏālika taqdīru l-ʿazīzi l-ʿalīmi

It is He Who breaks the dawn. And He made the night for rest, and the sun and the moon for calculation. Such is the disposition of the Almighty, the All-Knowing.

Compare translations (4)

He is the Cleaver of the Daybreak, and He hath appointed the night for stillness, and the sun and the moon for reckoning. That is the measuring of the Mighty, the Wise

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He it is who cleaves out the morning, and makes night a repose, and the sun and the moon two reckonings - that is the decree of the mighty, the wise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

He causeth the dawn to appear, and hath ordained the night for rest, and the sun and the moon for computing time! The ordinance of the Mighty, the Wise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

He causes the break of day and He made the night for rest and the sun and the moon for the reckoning of time. That is the measuring of the Mighty, the Wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:97

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى جَعَلَ لَكُمُ ٱلنُّجُومَ لِتَهْتَدُوا۟ بِهَا فِى ظُلُمَٰتِ ٱلْبَرِّ وَٱلْبَحْرِ قَدْ فَصَّلْنَا ٱلْـَٔايَٰتِ لِقَوْمٍ يَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wahuwa lladhee ja'ala lakumu n-nujooma litahtadoo bihaa fee zulumaati l-barri wal-bahri qad fassalnaa l-'aayaati liqawmin ya'lamoon

DIN 31635wahuwa llaḏī ǧaʿala lakumu n-nuǧūma litahtadū bihā fī ẓulumāti l-barri wal-baḥri qad faṣṣalnā l-ʾāyāti liqawmin yaʿlamūna

And it is He Who created the stars for you, that you may be guided by them in the darkness of land and sea. We thus explain the revelations for people who know.

Compare translations (4)

And He it is Who hath set for you the stars that ye may guide your course by them amid the darkness of the land and the sea. We have detailed Our revelations for a people who have knowledge

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He it is who made for you stars that ye might be guided thereby in the darkness of the land and of the sea. Now have we detailed the signs unto a people who do know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And it is He who hath ordained the stars for you that ye may be guided thereby in the darknesses of the land and of the sea! clear have we made our signs to men of knowledge

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And He it is Who has made the stars for you that you may follow the right direction with their help amid the darkness of the land and the sea. We have explained the Signs in detail for a people who possess knowledge

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:98

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنشَأَكُم مِّن نَّفْسٍ وَٰحِدَةٍ فَمُسْتَقَرٌّ وَمُسْتَوْدَعٌ قَدْ فَصَّلْنَا ٱلْـَٔايَٰتِ لِقَوْمٍ يَفْقَهُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wahuwa lladhee ansha'akum min nafsin waahidatin famustaqarrun wamustawda'un qad fassalnaa l-'aayaati liqawmin yafqahoon

DIN 31635wahuwa llaḏī ʾanšaʾakum min nafsin wāḥidatin famustaqarrun wamustawdaʿun qad faṣṣalnā l-ʾāyāti liqawmin yafqahūna

And it is He who produced you from a single person, then a repository, then a depository. We have detailed the revelations for people who understand.

Compare translations (4)

And He it is Who hath produced you from a single being, and (hath given you) a habitation and a repository. We have detailed Our revelations for a people who have understanding

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He it is who made you spring from one soul, and gave you a settlement and a depository. Now have we detailed the signs unto a people who discern

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And it is He who hath produced you from one man, and hath provided for you an abode and resting-place! Clear have we made our signs for men of insight

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And He it is Who has produced you from a single soul and there is for you a temporary resort and a permanent abode. We have explained the Signs in detail for a people who understand

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:99

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنزَلَ مِنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ مَآءً فَأَخْرَجْنَا بِهِۦ نَبَاتَ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ فَأَخْرَجْنَا مِنْهُ خَضِرًا نُّخْرِجُ مِنْهُ حَبًّا مُّتَرَاكِبًا وَمِنَ ٱلنَّخْلِ مِن طَلْعِهَا قِنْوَانٌ دَانِيَةٌ وَجَنَّٰتٍ مِّنْ أَعْنَابٍ وَٱلزَّيْتُونَ وَٱلرُّمَّانَ مُشْتَبِهًا وَغَيْرَ مُتَشَٰبِهٍ ٱنظُرُوٓا۟ إِلَىٰ ثَمَرِهِۦٓ إِذَآ أَثْمَرَ وَيَنْعِهِۦٓ إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكُمْ لَـَٔايَٰتٍ لِّقَوْمٍ يُؤْمِنُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wahuwa lladhee anzala mina s-samaa'i maa'an fa'akhrajnaa bihi nabaata kulli shay'in fa'akhrajnaa minhu khadiran nukhriju minhu habban mutaraakiban wamina n-nakhli min tal'ihaa qinwaanun daaniyatun wajannaatin min a'naabin waz-zaytoona war-rummaana mushtabihan waghayra mutashaabihin nzuroo ilaa thamarihi idhaa athmara wayan'ihi inna fee dhaalikum la'aayaatin liqawmin yu'minoon

DIN 31635wahuwa llaḏī ʾanzala mina s-samāʾi māʾan faʾaḫraǧnā bihi nabāta kulli šayʾin faʾaḫraǧnā minhu ḫaḍiran nuḫriǧu minhu ḥabban mutarākiban wamina n-naḫli min ṭalʿihā qinwānun dāniyatun waǧannātin min ʾaʿnābin waz-zaytūna war-rummāna muštabihan waġayra mutašābihin nẓurū ʾilā ṯamarihi ʾiḏā ʾaṯmara wayanʿihi ʾinna fī ḏālikum laʾāyātin liqawmin yuʾminūna

The translators word this verse differently

And it is He who sends down water from the sky. With it We produce vegetation of all kinds, from which We bring greenery, from which We produce grains in clusters. And palm-trees with hanging clusters, and vineyards, and olives, and pomegranates-similar and dissimilar. Watch their fruits as they grow and ripen. Surely in this are signs for people who believe.

Compare translations (4)

He it is Who sendeth down water from the sky, and therewith We bring forth buds of every kind; We bring forth the green blade from which We bring forth the thick-clustered grain; and from the date-palm, from the pollen thereof, spring pendant bunches; and (We bring forth) gardens of grapes, and the olive and the pomegranate, alike and unlike. Look upon the fruit thereof, when they bear fruit, and upon its ripening. Lo! herein verily are portents for a people who believe

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He it is who sends down from the heavens water; and we bring forth therewith growths of everything; and we bring forth therefrom green things, where - from we bring forth grain in full ear; and the palm, from its spathe come clusters within reach; and gardens of grapes and olives and pomegranates, alike and unlike;- behold its fruit when it fruits and ripens! verily, in that ye have a sign for the people who believe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And it is He who sendeth down rain from Heaven: and we bring forth by it the buds of all the plants, and from them bring we forth the green foliage, and the close growing grain, and palm trees with sheaths of clustering dates, and gardens of grapes, and the olive and the pomegranate, like and unlike. Look ye on their fruits when they fruit and ripen. Truly herein are signs unto people who believe

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And He it is Who sends down water from the cloud; And We bring forth therewith every kind of growth; then We bring forth with that green foliage wherefrom We produce clustered grain. And from the date-palm, out of its sheaths comes forth bunches hanging low. And We produce therewith gardens of grapes, and the olive and the pomegranate -- like and unlike. Look at the fruit thereof when it bears fruit, and the ripening thereof. Surely, in this are Signs for a people who believe

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:100

وَجَعَلُوا۟ لِلَّهِ شُرَكَآءَ ٱلْجِنَّ وَخَلَقَهُمْ وَخَرَقُوا۟ لَهُۥ بَنِينَ وَبَنَٰتٍۭ بِغَيْرِ عِلْمٍ سُبْحَٰنَهُۥ وَتَعَٰلَىٰ عَمَّا يَصِفُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waja'aloo lillaahi shurakaa'a l-jinna wakhalaqahum wakharaqoo lahu baneena wabanaatin bighayri 'ilmin subhaanahu wata'aalaa 'ammaa yasifoon

DIN 31635waǧaʿalū lillāhi šurakāʾa l-ǧinna waḫalaqahum waḫaraqū lahu banīna wabanātin biġayri ʿilmin subḥānahu wataʿālā ʿammā yaṣifūna

Yet they attributed to God partners-the sprites-although He created them. And they invented for Him sons and daughters, without any knowledge. Glory be to Him. He is exalted, beyond what they describe.

Compare translations (4)

Yet they ascribe as partners unto Him the jinn, although He did create them, and impute falsely, without knowledge, sons and daughters unto Him. Glorified be He and High Exalted above (all) that they ascribe (unto Him)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Yet they made the ginn partners with God, though He created them! and they ascribed to Him sons and daughters, though they have no knowledge; celebrated be His praise! and exalted be He above what they attribute to Him

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Yet have they assigned the Djinn to God as his associates, though He created them; and in their ignorance have they falsely ascribed to him sons and daughters. Glory be to Him! And high let Him be exalted above that which they attribute to Him

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And they hold the jinn to be partners with God, although He created them; and they falsely ascribe to Him sons and daughters without any knowledge. Holy is He and exalted far above what they attribute to Him

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:101

بَدِيعُ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ أَنَّىٰ يَكُونُ لَهُۥ وَلَدٌ وَلَمْ تَكُن لَّهُۥ صَٰحِبَةٌ وَخَلَقَ كُلَّ شَىْءٍ وَهُوَ بِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ عَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)badee'u s-samaawaati wal-'ardi annaa yakoonu lahu waladun walam takun lahu saahibatun wakhalaqa kulla shay'in wahuwa bikulli shay'in 'aleem

DIN 31635badīʿu s-samāwāti wal-ʾarḍi ʾannā yakūnu lahu waladun walam takun lahu ṣāḥibatun waḫalaqa kulla šayʾin wahuwa bikulli šayʾin ʿalīmun

Originator of the heavens and the earth-how can He have a son when He never had a companion? He created all things, and He has knowledge of all things.

Compare translations (4)

The Originator of the heavens and the earth! How can He have a child, when there is for Him no consort, when He created all things and is Aware of all things

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

The inventor of the heavens and the earth! how can He have a son, when He has no female companion, and when He has created everything, and everything He knows

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Sole maker of the Heavens and of the Earth! how, when He hath no consort, should He have a son? He hath created everything, and He knoweth everything

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

The Originator of the heavens and the earth. How can He have a son when He has no consort, and when He has created everything and has knowledge of all things

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:102

ذَٰلِكُمُ ٱللَّهُ رَبُّكُمْ لَآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ خَٰلِقُ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ فَٱعْبُدُوهُ وَهُوَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ وَكِيلٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)dhaalikumu llaahu rabbukum laa ilaaha illaa huwa khaaliqu kulli shay'in fa'budoohu wahuwa 'alaa kulli shay'in wakeel

DIN 31635ḏālikumu llāhu rabbukum lā ʾilāha ʾillā huwa ḫāliqu kulli šayʾin faʿbudūhu wahuwa ʿalā kulli šayʾin wakīlun

Such is God, your Lord. There is no god except He, the Creator of all things; so worship Him. He is responsible for everything.

Compare translations (4)

Such is Allah, your Lord. There is no Allah save Him, the Creator of all things, so worship Him. And He taketh care of all things

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

There is God for you,- your Lord! There is no god but He, the Creator of everything; then worship Him, for He o'er everything keeps guard

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

This is God your Lord. There is no God but He, the creator of all things: therefore worship Him alone; - and He watcheth over all things

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Such is God, your Lord. There is no god but He, the creator of all things; so worship Him. and He is the Guardian over everything

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:103

لَّا تُدْرِكُهُ ٱلْأَبْصَٰرُ وَهُوَ يُدْرِكُ ٱلْأَبْصَٰرَ وَهُوَ ٱللَّطِيفُ ٱلْخَبِيرُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)laa tudrikuhu l-'absaaru wahuwa yudriku l-'absaara wahuwa llateefu l-khabeer

DIN 31635lā tudrikuhu l-ʾabṣāru wahuwa yudriku l-ʾabṣāra wahuwa llaṭīfu l-ḫabīru

No vision can grasp Him, but His grasp is over all vision. He is the Subtle, the Expert.

Compare translations (4)

Vision comprehendeth Him not, but He comprehendeth (all) vision. He is the Subtile, the Aware

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Sight perceives Him not, but He perceives men's sights; for He is the subtle, the aware

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

No vision taketh in Him, but He taketh in all vision: and He is the Subtile, the All-informed

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Eyes cannot reach Him but He reaches the eyes. And He is the incomprehensible, the All-Aware

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:104

قَدْ جَآءَكُم بَصَآئِرُ مِن رَّبِّكُمْ فَمَنْ أَبْصَرَ فَلِنَفْسِهِۦ وَمَنْ عَمِىَ فَعَلَيْهَا وَمَآ أَنَا۠ عَلَيْكُم بِحَفِيظٍ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qad jaa'akum basaa'iru min rabbikum faman absara falinafsihi waman 'amiya fa'alayhaa wamaa anaa 'alaykum bihafeez

DIN 31635qad ǧāʾakum baṣāʾiru min rabbikum faman ʾabṣara falinafsihi waman ʿamiya faʿalayhā wamā ʾanā ʿalaykum biḥafīẓin

"Insights have come to you from your Lord. Whoever sees, it is to the benefit of his soul; and whoever remains blind, it is to its detriment. I am not a guardian over you."

Compare translations (4)

Proofs have come unto you from your Lord, so whoso seeth, it is for his own good, and whoso is blind is blind to his own hurt. And I am not a keeper over you

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Now has an insight from your Lord come unto you, and he who looks therewith it is for himself; but he who is blind thereto, it is against his soul; and I am not your keeper

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Now have proofs that may be seen, come to you from your Lord; whoso seeth them, the advantage will be his own: and whoso is blind to them, his own will be the loss: I am not made a keeper over you

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Proofs have indeed come to you from your Lord; so whoever sees, it is for His own good; and whoever becomes blind, it is to his own loss. And I am not a guardian over you

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:105

وَكَذَٰلِكَ نُصَرِّفُ ٱلْـَٔايَٰتِ وَلِيَقُولُوا۟ دَرَسْتَ وَلِنُبَيِّنَهُۥ لِقَوْمٍ يَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wakadhaalika nusarrifu l-'aayaati waliyaqooloo darasta walinubayyinahu liqawmin ya'lamoon

DIN 31635wakaḏālika nuṣarrifu l-ʾāyāti waliyaqūlū darasta walinubayyinahu liqawmin yaʿlamūna

The translators word this verse differently

We thus diversify the revelations, lest they say, "You have studied," and to clarify them for people who know.

Compare translations (4)

Thus do We display Our revelations that they may say (unto thee, Muhammad): "Thou hast studied," and that We may make (it) clear for people who have knowledge

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Thus do we turn about the signs, that they may say, 'Thou hast studied,' and that we may explain to those who know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Thus variously do we apply our signs, that they may say, "Thou hast studied deep:" and that to people of understanding we may make them clear

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And thus do We explain the Signs in various ways that the truth may become established and that they may say, 'Thou hast read out what thou hast learnt' and that We may explain it to a people who have no knowledge

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:106

ٱتَّبِعْ مَآ أُوحِىَ إِلَيْكَ مِن رَّبِّكَ لَآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ وَأَعْرِضْ عَنِ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)ittabi' maa oohiya ilayka min rabbika laa ilaaha illaa huwa wa'a'rid 'ani l-mushrikeen

DIN 31635ittabiʿ mā ʾūḥiya ʾilayka min rabbika lā ʾilāha ʾillā huwa waʾaʿriḍ ʿani l-mušrikīna

Follow what was revealed to you from your Lord. There is no god but He. And turn away from the polytheists.

Compare translations (4)

Follow that which is inspired in thee from thy Lord; there is no Allah save Him; and turn away from the idolaters

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Follow what is revealed to thee from thy Lord; there is no god but He, and shun the idolaters

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Follow thou that which hath been revealed to thee by thy Lord: there is no god but He! and withdraw from those who join other gods with Him

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Follow that which has been revealed to thee from thy Lord; there is no god but He; and turn aside from the idolaters

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:107

وَلَوْ شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ مَآ أَشْرَكُوا۟ وَمَا جَعَلْنَٰكَ عَلَيْهِمْ حَفِيظًا وَمَآ أَنتَ عَلَيْهِم بِوَكِيلٍ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaw shaa'a llaahu maa ashrakoo wamaa ja'alnaaka 'alayhim hafeezan wamaa anta 'alayhim biwakeel

DIN 31635walaw šāʾa llāhu mā ʾašrakū wamā ǧaʿalnāka ʿalayhim ḥafīẓan wamā ʾanta ʿalayhim biwakīlin

Had God willed, they would not have practiced idolatry. We did not appoint you as a guardian over them, and you are not a manager over them.

Compare translations (4)

Had Allah willed, they had not been idolatrous. We have not set thee as a keeper over them, nor art thou responsible for them

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But had God pleased, they would not have associated aught with Him; but we have not made thee a keeper over them, nor art thou for them a warder

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Had God pleased, they had not joined other gods with Him: and we have not made thee keeper over them, neither art thou a guardian over them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And if God had enforced His will, they would not have set up gods with Him. And We have not made thee a keeper over them, nor art thou over them a guardian

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:108

وَلَا تَسُبُّوا۟ ٱلَّذِينَ يَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ فَيَسُبُّوا۟ ٱللَّهَ عَدْوًۢا بِغَيْرِ عِلْمٍ كَذَٰلِكَ زَيَّنَّا لِكُلِّ أُمَّةٍ عَمَلَهُمْ ثُمَّ إِلَىٰ رَبِّهِم مَّرْجِعُهُمْ فَيُنَبِّئُهُم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaa tasubboo lladheena yad'oona min dooni llaahi fayasubboo llaaha 'adwan bighayri 'ilmin kadhaalika zayyannaa likulli ummatin 'amalahum thumma ilaa rabbihim marji'uhum fayunabbi'uhum bimaa kaanoo ya'maloon

DIN 31635walā tasubbū llaḏīna yadʿūna min dūni llāhi fayasubbū llāha ʿadwan biġayri ʿilmin kaḏālika zayyannā likulli ʾummatin ʿamalahum ṯumma ʾilā rabbihim marǧiʿuhum fayunabbiʾuhum bimā kānū yaʿmalūna

Do not insult those they call upon besides God, lest they insult God out of hostility and ignorance. We made attractive to every community their deeds. Then to their Lord is their return, and He will inform them of what they used to do.

Compare translations (4)

Revile not those unto whom they pray beside Allah lest they wrongfully revile Allah through ignorance. Thus unto every nation have We made their deed seem fair. Then unto their Lord is their return, and He will tell them what they used to do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Do not abuse those who call on other than God, for then they may abuse God openly in their ignorance. So do we make seemly to every nation their work, then unto their Lord is their return, and He will inform them of what they have done

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Revile not those whom they call on beside God, lest they, in their ignorance, despitefully revile Him. Thus have we planned out their actions for every people; then shall they return to their Lord, and He will declare to them what those actions have been

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And abuse not those whom they call upon besides God, lest they, out of spite, abuse God in their ignorance. Thus unto every people have We caused their doings to seem fair. Then unto their Lord is their return; And He will inform them of what they used to do

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:109

وَأَقْسَمُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ جَهْدَ أَيْمَٰنِهِمْ لَئِن جَآءَتْهُمْ ءَايَةٌ لَّيُؤْمِنُنَّ بِهَا قُلْ إِنَّمَا ٱلْـَٔايَٰتُ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ وَمَا يُشْعِرُكُمْ أَنَّهَآ إِذَا جَآءَتْ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'aqsamoo billaahi jahda aymaanihim la'in jaa'athum aayatun layu'minunna bihaa qul innamaa l-'aayaatu 'inda llaahi wamaa yush'irukum annahaa idhaa jaa'at laa yu'minoon

DIN 31635waʾaqsamū billāhi ǧahda ʾaymānihim laʾin ǧāʾathum ʾāyatun layuʾminunna bihā qul ʾinnamā l-ʾāyātu ʿinda llāhi wamā yušʿirukum ʾannahā ʾiḏā ǧāʾat lā yuʾminūna

They swear by God, with their most solemn oaths, that if a miracle were to come to them, they would believe in it. Say, "The miracles are only with God." But how do you know? Even if it did come, they still would not believe.

Compare translations (4)

And they swear a solemn oath by Allah that if there come unto them a portent they will believe therein. Say; Portents are with Allah and (so is) that which telleth you that if such came unto them they would not believe

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They swore by God with their most strenuous oath, that if there come to them a sign they will indeed believe therein. Say, 'Signs are only in God's hands;- but what will make you understand that even when one has come, they will not believe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

With their most solemn oath have they sworn by God, that if a sign come unto them they will certainly believe it; SAY: Signs are in the power of God alone; and He teacheth you not thereby, only because when they were wrought, ye did not believe

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And they swear by God their strongest oaths that if there came to them a Sign, they would surely believe therein. Say, 'Surely, Signs are with God. And what should make you know that when the signs come, they will not believe

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:110

وَنُقَلِّبُ أَفْـِٔدَتَهُمْ وَأَبْصَٰرَهُمْ كَمَا لَمْ يُؤْمِنُوا۟ بِهِۦٓ أَوَّلَ مَرَّةٍ وَنَذَرُهُمْ فِى طُغْيَٰنِهِمْ يَعْمَهُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wanuqallibu af'idatahum wa'absaarahum kamaa lam yu'minoo bihi awwala marratin wanadharuhum fee tughyaanihim ya'mahoon

DIN 31635wanuqallibu ʾafʾidatahum waʾabṣārahum kamā lam yuʾminū bihi ʾawwala marratin wanaḏaruhum fī ṭuġyānihim yaʿmahūna

And We turn away their hearts and their visions, as they refused to believe in it the first time, and We leave them blundering in their rebellion.

Compare translations (4)

We confound their hearts and their eyes. As they believed not therein at the first, We let them wander blindly on in their contumacy

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

We will overturn their hearts and their eye-sights, even as they believed not at first; and we will leave them, in their rebellion, blindly wandering on

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And we will turn their hearts and their eyes away from the truth, because they did not believe therein at first, and we will leave them in their transgressions, wandering in perplexity

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And We shall confound their hearts and their eyes, for they believe not therein the first time, and We shall leave them in their transgression to wander in distraction

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:111

وَلَوْ أَنَّنَا نَزَّلْنَآ إِلَيْهِمُ ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةَ وَكَلَّمَهُمُ ٱلْمَوْتَىٰ وَحَشَرْنَا عَلَيْهِمْ كُلَّ شَىْءٍ قُبُلًا مَّا كَانُوا۟ لِيُؤْمِنُوٓا۟ إِلَّآ أَن يَشَآءَ ٱللَّهُ وَلَٰكِنَّ أَكْثَرَهُمْ يَجْهَلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaw annanaa nazzalnaa ilayhimu l-malaa'ikata wakallamahumu l-mawtaa wahasharnaa 'alayhim kulla shay'in qubulan maa kaanoo liyu'minoo illaa an yashaa'a llaahu walaakinna aktharahum yajhaloon

DIN 31635walaw ʾannanā nazzalnā ʾilayhimu l-malāʾikata wakallamahumu l-mawtā waḥašarnā ʿalayhim kulla šayʾin qubulan mā kānū liyuʾminū ʾillā ʾan yašāʾa llāhu walākinna ʾakṯarahum yaǧhalūna

Even if We sent down the angels to them, and the dead spoke to them, and We gathered all things before them, they still would not believe, unless God wills; but most of them are ignorant.

Compare translations (4)

And though We should send down the angels unto them, and the dead should speak unto them, and We should gather against them all things in array, they would not believe unless Allah so willed. Howbeit, most of them are ignorant

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And had we sent down unto them the angels, or the dead had spoken to them, or we had gathered everything unto them in hosts, they would not have believed unless that God pleased - but most of them are ignorant

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And though we had sent down the angels to them, and the dead had spoken to them, and we had gathered all things about them in tribes, they had not believed, unless God had willed it! but most of them do not know it

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And though We had sent down angels unto them, and the dead had spoken unto them, and We had gathered together before them all things in one view; they would not have believed, unless God had so pleased: But the greater part of them know it not

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:112

وَكَذَٰلِكَ جَعَلْنَا لِكُلِّ نَبِىٍّ عَدُوًّا شَيَٰطِينَ ٱلْإِنسِ وَٱلْجِنِّ يُوحِى بَعْضُهُمْ إِلَىٰ بَعْضٍ زُخْرُفَ ٱلْقَوْلِ غُرُورًا وَلَوْ شَآءَ رَبُّكَ مَا فَعَلُوهُ فَذَرْهُمْ وَمَا يَفْتَرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wakadhaalika ja'alnaa likulli nabiyyin 'aduwwan shayaateena l-'insi wal-jinni yoohee ba'duhum ilaa ba'din zukhrufa l-qawli ghurooran walaw shaa'a rabbuka maa fa'aloohu fadharhum wamaa yaftaroon

DIN 31635wakaḏālika ǧaʿalnā likulli nabiyyin ʿaduwwan šayāṭīna l-ʾinsi wal-ǧinni yūḥī baʿḍuhum ʾilā baʿḍin zuḫrufa l-qawli ġurūran walaw šāʾa rabbuka mā faʿalūhu faḏarhum wamā yaftarūna

Likewise, We have assigned for every prophet an enemy-human and jinn devils-inspiring one another with fancy words in order to deceive. But had your Lord willed, they would not have done it. So leave them to their fabrications.

Compare translations (4)

Thus have We appointed unto every prophet an adversary - devils of humankind and jinn who inspire in one another plausible discourse through guile. If thy Lord willed, they would not do so; so leave them alone with their devising

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

So have we made for every prophet an enemy,- devils of men and ginns; some of them inspire others with specious speech to lead astray; but had thy Lord pleased they would not have done it; so leave them with what they do devise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Thus have we given an enemy to every prophet Satans among men and among Djinn: tinsel discourses do they suggest the one to the other, in order to deceive: and had thy Lord willed it, they would not have done it. Therefore, leave them and their vain imaginings

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Thus have We appointed unto every prophet an enemy; the devils of men, and of genii: Who privately suggest the one to the other specious discourses to deceive; but if thy Lord pleased, they would not have done it. Therefore leave them, and that which they have falsely imagined

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:113

وَلِتَصْغَىٰٓ إِلَيْهِ أَفْـِٔدَةُ ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ وَلِيَرْضَوْهُ وَلِيَقْتَرِفُوا۟ مَا هُم مُّقْتَرِفُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walitasghaa ilayhi af'idatu lladheena laa yu'minoona bil-'aakhirati waliyardawhu waliyaqtarifoo maa hum muqtarifoon

DIN 31635walitaṣġā ʾilayhi ʾafʾidatu llaḏīna lā yuʾminūna bil-ʾāḫirati waliyarḍawhu waliyaqtarifū mā hum muqtarifūna

So that the hearts of those who do not believe in the Hereafter may incline to it, and be content with it, and that they may perpetrate whatever they perpetrate.

Compare translations (4)

That the hearts of those who believe not in the Hereafter may incline thereto, and that they may take pleasure therein, and that they may earn what they are earning

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And let the hearts of those who believe not in the hereafter listen to it; and let them be well pleased with it; and let them gain what they may gain

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And let the hearts of those who believe not in the life to come incline thereto, and let them find their content in this, and let them gain what they are gaining

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

and let the hearts of those be inclined thereto, who believe not in the life to come; and let them please themselves therein, and let them gain that which they are gaining

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:114

أَفَغَيْرَ ٱللَّهِ أَبْتَغِى حَكَمًا وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنزَلَ إِلَيْكُمُ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ مُفَصَّلًا وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَاتَيْنَٰهُمُ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ يَعْلَمُونَ أَنَّهُۥ مُنَزَّلٌ مِّن رَّبِّكَ بِٱلْحَقِّ فَلَا تَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْمُمْتَرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)afaghayra llaahi abtaghee hakaman wahuwa lladhee anzala ilaykumu l-kitaaba mufassalan walladheena aataynaahumu l-kitaaba ya'lamoona annahu munazzalun min rabbika bil-haqqi falaa takoonanna mina l-mumtareen

DIN 31635ʾafaġayra llāhi ʾabtaġī ḥakaman wahuwa llaḏī ʾanzala ʾilaykumu l-kitāba mufaṣṣalan wallaḏīna ʾātaynāhumu l-kitāba yaʿlamūna ʾannahu munazzalun min rabbika bil-ḥaqqi falā takūnanna mina l-mumtarīna

"Shall I seek a judge other than God, when He is the One who revealed to you the Book, explained in detail?" Those to whom We gave the Book know that it is the truth revealed from your Lord. So do not be of those who doubt.

Compare translations (4)

Shall I seek other than Allah for judge, when He it is Who hath revealed unto you (this) Scripture, fully explained? Those unto whom We gave the Scripture (aforetime) know that it is revealed from thy Lord in truth. So be not thou (O Muhammad) of the waverers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Of other than God shall I crave a decree, when it is He who has sent down to you the Book in detail, and those to whom we gave the Book know that it is sent down from thy Lord, in truth? be thou not then of those who doubt

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

What! shall I seek other judge than God, when it is He who hath sent down to you the distinguishing Book? They to whom we have given the Book know that it is sent down from thy Lord with truth. Be not thou then of those who doubt

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Shall I seek after any other judge besides God to judge between us? It is He who hath sent down unto you the book of the Koran distinguishing between good and evil; and they to whom We gave the scripture know that it is sent down from thy Lord, with truth. Be not therefore one of those who doubt thereof

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:115

وَتَمَّتْ كَلِمَتُ رَبِّكَ صِدْقًا وَعَدْلًا لَّا مُبَدِّلَ لِكَلِمَٰتِهِۦ وَهُوَ ٱلسَّمِيعُ ٱلْعَلِيمُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)watammat kalimatu rabbika sidqan wa'adlan laa mubaddila likalimaatihi wahuwa s-samee'u l-'aleem

DIN 31635watammat kalimatu rabbika ṣidqan waʿadlan lā mubaddila likalimātihi wahuwa s-samīʿu l-ʿalīmu

The Word of your Lord has been completed, in truth and justice. There is no changing to His words. He is the Hearer, the Knower.

Compare translations (4)

Perfected is the Word of thy Lord in truth and justice. There is naught that can change His words. He is the Hearer, the Knower

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

The words of thy Lord are fulfilled in truth and justice; there is none to change His words, for He both hears and knows

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And the words of thy Lord are perfect in truth and in justice: none can change his words: He is the Hearing, Knowing

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

The words of thy Lord are perfect, in truth and justice; there is none who can change his words: He both heareth and knoweth

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:116

وَإِن تُطِعْ أَكْثَرَ مَن فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ يُضِلُّوكَ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ إِن يَتَّبِعُونَ إِلَّا ٱلظَّنَّ وَإِنْ هُمْ إِلَّا يَخْرُصُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'in tuti' akthara man fee l-'ardi yudillooka 'an sabeeli llaahi in yattabi'oona illaa z-zanna wa'in hum illaa yakhrusoon

DIN 31635waʾin tuṭiʿ ʾakṯara man fī l-ʾarḍi yuḍillūka ʿan sabīli llāhi ʾin yattabiʿūna ʾillā ẓ-ẓanna waʾin hum ʾillā yaḫruṣūna

If you were to obey most of those on earth, they would divert you from God's path. They follow nothing but assumptions, and they only conjecture.

Compare translations (4)

If thou obeyedst most of those on earth they would mislead thee far from Allah's way. They follow naught but an opinion, and they do but guess

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But if thou followest most of those who are in the land, they will lead thee astray from the path of God; they only follow suspicion and they only (rest on) conjecture

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But if thou obey most men in this land, from the path of God will they mislead thee: they follow but a conceit, and they are only liars

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But if thou obey the greater part of them who are in the earth, they will lead thee aside from the path of God: They follow an uncertain opinion only, and speak nothing but lies

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:117

إِنَّ رَبَّكَ هُوَ أَعْلَمُ مَن يَضِلُّ عَن سَبِيلِهِۦ وَهُوَ أَعْلَمُ بِٱلْمُهْتَدِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna rabbaka huwa a'lamu man yadillu 'an sabeelihi wahuwa a'lamu bil-muhtadeen

DIN 31635ʾinna rabbaka huwa ʾaʿlamu man yaḍillu ʿan sabīlihi wahuwa ʾaʿlamu bil-muhtadīna

Your Lord knows best who strays from His path, and He knows best the guided ones.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! thy Lord, He knoweth best who erreth from His way; and He knoweth best (who are) the rightly guided

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Thy Lord, He knows best who errs from His path, and He knows best the guided

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Thy Lord! He best knoweth those who err from his path, and He knoweth the rightly guided

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

verily thy Lord well knoweth those who go astray from his path, and well knoweth those who are rightly directed

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:118

فَكُلُوا۟ مِمَّا ذُكِرَ ٱسْمُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ إِن كُنتُم بِـَٔايَٰتِهِۦ مُؤْمِنِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fakuloo mimmaa dhukira smu llaahi 'alayhi in kuntum bi'aayaatihi mu'mineen

DIN 31635fakulū mimmā ḏukira smu llāhi ʿalayhi ʾin kuntum biʾāyātihi muʾminīna

So eat of that over which the Name of God was pronounced, if you indeed believe in His revelations.

Compare translations (4)

Eat of that over which the name of Allah hath been mentioned, if ye are believers in His revelations

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Eat then of what God's name has been pronounced over, if ye believe in His signs

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Eat of that over which the name of God hath been pronounced, if ye believe in his signs

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Eat of that whereon the name of God hath been commemorated, if ye believe in his signs

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:119

وَمَا لَكُمْ أَلَّا تَأْكُلُوا۟ مِمَّا ذُكِرَ ٱسْمُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ وَقَدْ فَصَّلَ لَكُم مَّا حَرَّمَ عَلَيْكُمْ إِلَّا مَا ٱضْطُرِرْتُمْ إِلَيْهِ وَإِنَّ كَثِيرًا لَّيُضِلُّونَ بِأَهْوَآئِهِم بِغَيْرِ عِلْمٍ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ هُوَ أَعْلَمُ بِٱلْمُعْتَدِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamaa lakum allaa ta'kuloo mimmaa dhukira smu llaahi 'alayhi waqad fassala lakum maa harrama 'alaykum illaa maa dturirtum ilayhi wa'inna katheeran layudilloona bi'ahwaa'ihim bighayri 'ilmin inna rabbaka huwa a'lamu bil-mu'tadeen

DIN 31635wamā lakum ʾallā taʾkulū mimmā ḏukira smu llāhi ʿalayhi waqad faṣṣala lakum mā ḥarrama ʿalaykum ʾillā mā ḍṭurirtum ʾilayhi waʾinna kaṯīran layuḍillūna biʾahwāʾihim biġayri ʿilmin ʾinna rabbaka huwa ʾaʿlamu bil-muʿtadīna

And why should you not eat of that over which the Name of God is pronounced, when He has detailed for you what is prohibited for you, unless you are compelled by necessity? Many lead astray with their opinions, through lack of knowledge. Your Lord knows best the transgressors.

Compare translations (4)

How should ye not eat of that over which the name of Allah hath been mentioned, when He hath explained unto you that which is forbidden unto you unless ye are compelled thereto. But lo! many are led astray by their own lusts through ignorance. Lo! thy Lord, He is Best Aware of the transgressors

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

What ails you that ye do not eat from what God's name is pronounced over, when He has detailed to you what is unlawful for you? Save what ye are forced to; but, verily, many will lead you astray by their fancies, without knowledge. Verily, thy Lord knows best the transgressors

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And why eat ye not of that over which the name of God hath been pronounced, since He hath made plain to you what He hath forbidden you, save as to that which is forced upon you? But indeed many mislead others by their appetites, through lack of knowledge. Verily, thy Lord! He best knoweth the transgressors

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And why do ye not eat of that whereon the name of God hath been commemorated? Since He hath plainly declared unto you what He had forbidden you; except that which ye be compelled to by necessity eat of: Many lead others into error, because of their appetites, being void of knowledge; but thy Lord well knoweth who are the transgressors

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:120

وَذَرُوا۟ ظَٰهِرَ ٱلْإِثْمِ وَبَاطِنَهُۥٓ إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يَكْسِبُونَ ٱلْإِثْمَ سَيُجْزَوْنَ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَقْتَرِفُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wadharoo zaahira l-'ithmi wabaatinahu inna lladheena yaksiboona l-'ithma sayujzawna bimaa kaanoo yaqtarifoon

DIN 31635waḏarū ẓāhira l-ʾiṯmi wabāṭinahu ʾinna llaḏīna yaksibūna l-ʾiṯma sayuǧzawna bimā kānū yaqtarifūna

The translators word this verse differently

So abandon sin, outward and inward. Those who commit sins will be repaid for what they used to perpetrate.

Compare translations (4)

Forsake the outwardness of sin and the inwardness thereof. Lo! those who garner sin will be awarded that which they have earned

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Leave alone the outside of sin and the inside thereof; verily, those who earn sin shall be recompensed for what they have gained

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And abandon the semblance of wickedness, and wickedness itself. They, verily, whose only acquirement is iniquity, shall be rewarded for what they shall have gained

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Leave both the outside of iniquity, and the inside thereof: For they who commit iniquity shall receive the reward of that which they shall have gained

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:121

وَلَا تَأْكُلُوا۟ مِمَّا لَمْ يُذْكَرِ ٱسْمُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ وَإِنَّهُۥ لَفِسْقٌ وَإِنَّ ٱلشَّيَٰطِينَ لَيُوحُونَ إِلَىٰٓ أَوْلِيَآئِهِمْ لِيُجَٰدِلُوكُمْ وَإِنْ أَطَعْتُمُوهُمْ إِنَّكُمْ لَمُشْرِكُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaa ta'kuloo mimmaa lam yudhkari smu llaahi 'alayhi wa'innahu lafisqun wa'inna sh-shayaateena layoohoona ilaa awliyaa'ihim liyujaadilookum wa'in ata'tumoohum innakum lamushrikoon

DIN 31635walā taʾkulū mimmā lam yuḏkari smu llāhi ʿalayhi waʾinnahu lafisqun waʾinna š-šayāṭīna layūḥūna ʾilā ʾawliyāʾihim liyuǧādilūkum waʾin ʾaṭaʿtumūhum ʾinnakum lamušrikūna

And do not eat from that over which the Name of God was not pronounced, for it is abomination. The devils inspire their followers to argue with you; but if you obey them, you would be polytheists.

Compare translations (4)

And eat not of that whereon Allah's name hath not been mentioned, for lo! it is abomination. Lo! the devils do inspire their minions to dispute with you. But if ye obey them, ye will be in truth idolaters

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But eat not of what the name of God has not been pronounced over, for, verily, it is an abomination. Verily, the devils inspire their friends that they may wrangle with you; but if ye obey them, verily, ye are idolaters

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Eat not therefore of that on which the name of God has not been named, for that is assuredly a crime: the Satans will indeed suggest to their votaries to wrangle with you; but if ye obey them, ye will indeed be of those who join gods with God

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Eat not therefore of that whereon the name of God hath not been commemorated; for this is certainly wickedness: But the devils will suggest unto their friends, that they dispute with you concerning this precept; but if ye obey them, ye are surely idolaters

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:122

أَوَمَن كَانَ مَيْتًا فَأَحْيَيْنَٰهُ وَجَعَلْنَا لَهُۥ نُورًا يَمْشِى بِهِۦ فِى ٱلنَّاسِ كَمَن مَّثَلُهُۥ فِى ٱلظُّلُمَٰتِ لَيْسَ بِخَارِجٍ مِّنْهَا كَذَٰلِكَ زُيِّنَ لِلْكَٰفِرِينَ مَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)awaman kaana maytan fa'ahyaynaahu waja'alnaa lahu nooran yamshee bihi fee n-naasi kaman mathaluhu fee z-zulumaati laysa bikhaarijin minhaa kadhaalika zuyyina lilkaafireena maa kaanoo ya'maloon

DIN 31635ʾawaman kāna maytan faʾaḥyaynāhu waǧaʿalnā lahu nūran yamšī bihi fī n-nāsi kaman maṯaluhu fī ẓ-ẓulumāti laysa biḫāriǧin minhā kaḏālika zuyyina lilkāfirīna mā kānū yaʿmalūna

Is he who was dead, then We gave him life, and made for him a light by which he walks among the people, like he who is in total darkness, and cannot get out of it? Thus the doings of disbelievers are made to appear good to them.

Compare translations (4)

Is he who was dead and We have raised him unto life, and set for him a light wherein he walketh among men, as him whose similitude is in utter darkness whence he cannot emerge? Thus is their conduct made fairseeming for the disbelievers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Is he who was dead and we have quickened him, and made for him a light, that he might walk therein amongst men, like him whose likeness is in the darkness whence he cannot come forth? Thus is made seemly to the misbelievers what they have done

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Shall the dead, whom we have quickened, and for whom we have ordained a light whereby he may walk among men, be like him, whose likeness is in the darkness, whence he will not come forth? Thus have the doings of the unbelievers been prepared for them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Shall he who hath been dead, and whom We have restored unto life, and unto whom We have ordained a light, whereby he may walk among men, be as he whose similitude is in darkness, from whence he shall not come forth? Thus was that which the infidels are doing, prepared for them

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:123

وَكَذَٰلِكَ جَعَلْنَا فِى كُلِّ قَرْيَةٍ أَكَٰبِرَ مُجْرِمِيهَا لِيَمْكُرُوا۟ فِيهَا وَمَا يَمْكُرُونَ إِلَّا بِأَنفُسِهِمْ وَمَا يَشْعُرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wakadhaalika ja'alnaa fee kulli qaryatin akaabira mujrimeehaa liyamkuroo feehaa wamaa yamkuroona illaa bi'anfusihim wamaa yash'uroon

DIN 31635wakaḏālika ǧaʿalnā fī kulli qaryatin ʾakābira muǧrimīhā liyamkurū fīhā wamā yamkurūna ʾillā biʾanfusihim wamā yašʿurūna

And thus We set up in every city its leading wicked sinners, to conspire in it, but they conspire only against themselves, and they do not realize it.

Compare translations (4)

And thus have We made in every city great ones of its wicked ones, that they should plot therein. They do but plot against themselves, though they perceive not

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And thus have we placed in every town the great sinners thereof, that they may use craft therein; but they use not craft except against themselves, although they do not understand

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Even so have we placed in every city, ringleaders of its wicked ones, to scheme therein: but only against themselves shall they scheme! and they know it not

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And thus have we placed in every city chief leaders of the wicked men thereof, that they may act deceitfully therein; but they shall act deceitfully against their own souls only; and they know it not

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:124

وَإِذَا جَآءَتْهُمْ ءَايَةٌ قَالُوا۟ لَن نُّؤْمِنَ حَتَّىٰ نُؤْتَىٰ مِثْلَ مَآ أُوتِىَ رُسُلُ ٱللَّهِ ٱللَّهُ أَعْلَمُ حَيْثُ يَجْعَلُ رِسَالَتَهُۥ سَيُصِيبُ ٱلَّذِينَ أَجْرَمُوا۟ صَغَارٌ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ وَعَذَابٌ شَدِيدٌۢ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَمْكُرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhaa jaa'athum aayatun qaaloo lan nu'mina hattaa nu'taa mithla maa ootiya rusulu llaahi llaahu a'lamu haythu yaj'alu risaalatahu sayuseebu lladheena ajramoo saghaarun 'inda llaahi wa'adhaabun shadeedun bimaa kaanoo yamkuroon

DIN 31635waʾiḏā ǧāʾathum ʾāyatun qālū lan nuʾmina ḥattā nuʾtā miṯla mā ʾūtiya rusulu llāhi llāhu ʾaʿlamu ḥayṯu yaǧʿalu risālatahu sayuṣību llaḏīna ʾaǧramū ṣaġārun ʿinda llāhi waʿaḏābun šadīdun bimā kānū yamkurūna

The translators word this verse differently

When a sign comes to them, they say, "We will not believe unless we are given the like of what was given to God's messengers." God knows best where to place His message. Humiliation from God and severe torment will afflict the criminals for their scheming.

Compare translations (4)

And when a token cometh unto them, they say: We will not believe till we are given that which Allah's messengers are given. Allah knoweth best with whom to place His message. Humiliation from Allah and heavy punishment will smite the guilty for their scheming

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when there comes to them a sign, they say, 'We will not believe until we are brought like what the apostles were brought;' God knows best where to put His message. There shall befall those who sin, meanness in God's eyes, and grievous torment for the craft they used

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when a sign cometh to them they say, "We will not believe, till the like of what was accorded to the apostles of God, be accorded to us." God best knoweth where to place his mission. Disgrace with God, and a vehement punishment shall come on the transgressors for their crafty plottings

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when a sign cometh unto them, they say, we will by no means believe until a revelation be brought unto us, like unto that which hath been delivered unto the messengers of God. God best knoweth whom He will appoint for his messenger. Vileness in the sight of God shall fall upon those who deal wickedly, and a grievous punishment, for that they have dealt deceitfully

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:125

فَمَن يُرِدِ ٱللَّهُ أَن يَهْدِيَهُۥ يَشْرَحْ صَدْرَهُۥ لِلْإِسْلَٰمِ وَمَن يُرِدْ أَن يُضِلَّهُۥ يَجْعَلْ صَدْرَهُۥ ضَيِّقًا حَرَجًا كَأَنَّمَا يَصَّعَّدُ فِى ٱلسَّمَآءِ كَذَٰلِكَ يَجْعَلُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلرِّجْسَ عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)faman yuridi llaahu an yahdiyahu yashrah sadrahu lil'islaami waman yurid an yudillahu yaj'al sadrahu dayyiqan harajan ka'annamaa yassa''adu fee s-samaa'i kadhaalika yaj'alu llaahu r-rijsa 'alaa lladheena laa yu'minoon

DIN 31635faman yuridi llāhu ʾan yahdiyahu yašraḥ ṣadrahu lilʾislāmi waman yurid ʾan yuḍillahu yaǧʿal ṣadrahu ḍayyiqan ḥaraǧan kaʾannamā yaṣṣaʿʿadu fī s-samāʾi kaḏālika yaǧʿalu llāhu r-riǧsa ʿalā llaḏīna lā yuʾminūna

The translators word this verse differently

Whomever God desires to guide, He spreads open his heart to Islam; and whomever He desires to misguide, He makes his heart narrow, constricted, as though he were climbing up the sky. God thus lays defilement upon those who do not believe.

Compare translations (4)

And whomsoever it is Allah's will to guide, He expandeth his bosom unto the Surrender, and whomsoever it is His Will to send astray, He maketh his bosom close and narrow as if he were engaged in sheer ascent. Thus Allah layeth ignominy upon those who believe not

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Whomsoever God wishes to guide, He expands his breast to Islam; but whomsoever He wishes to lead astray, He makes his breast tight and straight, as though he would mount up into heaven; thus does God set His horror on those who do not believe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And whom God shall please to guide, that man's breast will He open to Islam; but whom He shall please to mislead, strait and narrow will He make his breast, as though he were mounting up into the very Heavens! Thus doth God inflict dire punishment on those who believe not

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And whomsoever God shall please to direct, He will open his breast to receive the faith of Islam: But whomsoever He shall please to lead into error, He will render his breast strait and narrow, as though he were climbing up to heaven. Thus doth God inflict a terrible punishment on those who believe not

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:126

وَهَٰذَا صِرَٰطُ رَبِّكَ مُسْتَقِيمًا قَدْ فَصَّلْنَا ٱلْـَٔايَٰتِ لِقَوْمٍ يَذَّكَّرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wahaadhaa siraatu rabbika mustaqeeman qad fassalnaa l-'aayaati liqawmin yadhdhakkaroon

DIN 31635wahāḏā ṣirāṭu rabbika mustaqīman qad faṣṣalnā l-ʾāyāti liqawmin yaḏḏakkarūna

This is the straight path of your Lord. We have explained the revelations in detail for people who recollect.

Compare translations (4)

This is the path of thy Lord, a straight path. We have detailed Our revelations for a people who take heed

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

This is the way of thy Lord - straight. We have detailed the signs unto a mindful people

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And this is the right way of thy Lord. Now have we detailed our signs unto those who will consider

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

This is the right way of thy Lord. Now have We plainly declared our signs unto those people who will consider

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:127

لَهُمْ دَارُ ٱلسَّلَٰمِ عِندَ رَبِّهِمْ وَهُوَ وَلِيُّهُم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)lahum daaru s-salaami 'inda rabbihim wahuwa waliyyuhum bimaa kaanoo ya'maloon

DIN 31635lahum dāru s-salāmi ʿinda rabbihim wahuwa waliyyuhum bimā kānū yaʿmalūna

For them is the Home of Peace with their Lord, and He is their Master-because of what they used to do.

Compare translations (4)

For them is the abode of peace with their Lord. He will be their Protecting Friend because of what they used to do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

for them is an abode of peace; and their Lord, He is their patron for what they have done

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

For them is a dwelling of peace with their Lord! and in recompense for their works, shall he be their protector

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They shall have a dwelling of peace with their Lord, and He shall be their patron, because of that which they have wrought

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:128

وَيَوْمَ يَحْشُرُهُمْ جَمِيعًا يَٰمَعْشَرَ ٱلْجِنِّ قَدِ ٱسْتَكْثَرْتُم مِّنَ ٱلْإِنسِ وَقَالَ أَوْلِيَآؤُهُم مِّنَ ٱلْإِنسِ رَبَّنَا ٱسْتَمْتَعَ بَعْضُنَا بِبَعْضٍ وَبَلَغْنَآ أَجَلَنَا ٱلَّذِىٓ أَجَّلْتَ لَنَا قَالَ ٱلنَّارُ مَثْوَىٰكُمْ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَآ إِلَّا مَا شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ حَكِيمٌ عَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wayawma yahshuruhum jamee'an yaa ma'shara l-jinni qadi stakthartum mina l-'insi waqaala awliyaa'uhum mina l-'insi rabbanaa stamta'a ba'dunaa biba'din wabalaghnaa ajalanaa lladhee ajjalta lanaa qaala n-naaru mathwaakum khaalideena feehaa illaa maa shaa'a llaahu inna rabbaka hakeemun 'aleem

DIN 31635wayawma yaḥšuruhum ǧamīʿan yā maʿšara l-ǧinni qadi stakṯartum mina l-ʾinsi waqāla ʾawliyāʾuhum mina l-ʾinsi rabbanā stamtaʿa baʿḍunā bibaʿḍin wabalaġnā ʾaǧalanā llaḏī ʾaǧǧalta lanā qāla n-nāru maṯwākum ḫālidīna fīhā ʾillā mā šāʾa llāhu ʾinna rabbaka ḥakīmun ʿalīmun

On the Day when He gathers them all together: "O assembly of jinn, you have exploited multitudes of humans." Their adherents among mankind will say, "Our Lord, we have profited from one another, but we have reached the term that you have assigned for us." He will say, "The Fire is your dwelling, wherein you will remain, except as God wills. Your Lord is Wise and Informed.

Compare translations (4)

In the day when He will gather them together (He will say): O ye assembly of the jinn! Many of humankind did ye seduce. And their adherents among humankind will say: Our Lord! We enjoyed one another, but now we have arrived at the appointed term which Thou appointedst for us. He will say: Fire is your home. Abide therein for ever, save him whom Allah willeth (to deliver). Lo! thy Lord is Wise, Aware

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And on the day when He shall gather them all together, 'O assembly of the ginns! ye have got much out of mankind.' And their clients from among mankind shall say, 'O our Lord! much advantage had we one from another;' but we reached our appointed time which thou hadst appointed for us. Says He, 'The fire is your resort, to dwell therein for aye! save what God pleases; verily, thy Lord is wise and knowing

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

On the day whereon God shall gather them all together . . . "O race of Djinn," will He say, "much did ye exact from mankind." And their votaries from among men shall say, "O our Lord! we rendered one another mutual services: but we have reached our set term, which thou hast set for us." He will say, "Your abode the fire! therein abide ye for ever: unless as God shall will." Verily, thy Lord is Wise, Knowing

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Think on the day whereon God shall gather them all together, and shall say, O company of genii, ye have been much concerned with mankind; and their friends from among mankind shall say, O Lord, the one of us hath received advantage from the other, and we are arrived at our limited term which Thou hast appointed us. God will say, hell fire shall be your habitation, therein shall ye remain for ever; unless as God shall please to mitigate your pains, for thy Lord is wise and knowing

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:129

وَكَذَٰلِكَ نُوَلِّى بَعْضَ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ بَعْضًۢا بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَكْسِبُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wakadhaalika nuwallee ba'da z-zaalimeena ba'dan bimaa kaanoo yaksiboon

DIN 31635wakaḏālika nuwallī baʿḍa ẓ-ẓālimīna baʿḍan bimā kānū yaksibūna

The translators word this verse differently

Thus We make some of the wrongdoers befriend one another, because of what they used to do.

Compare translations (4)

Thus We let some of the wrong-doers have power over others because of what they are wont to earn

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Thus do we make some of the unjust patrons of the others, for that which they have earned

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Even thus place we some of the wicked over others, as the meed of their doings

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Thus do We set some of the unjust over others of them, because of that which they have deserved

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:130

يَٰمَعْشَرَ ٱلْجِنِّ وَٱلْإِنسِ أَلَمْ يَأْتِكُمْ رُسُلٌ مِّنكُمْ يَقُصُّونَ عَلَيْكُمْ ءَايَٰتِى وَيُنذِرُونَكُمْ لِقَآءَ يَوْمِكُمْ هَٰذَا قَالُوا۟ شَهِدْنَا عَلَىٰٓ أَنفُسِنَا وَغَرَّتْهُمُ ٱلْحَيَوٰةُ ٱلدُّنْيَا وَشَهِدُوا۟ عَلَىٰٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ أَنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ كَٰفِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ma'shara l-jinni wal-'insi alam ya'tikum rusulun minkum yaqussoona 'alaykum aayaatee wayundhiroonakum liqaa'a yawmikum haadhaa qaaloo shahidnaa 'alaa anfusinaa wagharrathumu l-hayaatu d-dunyaa washahidoo 'alaa anfusihim annahum kaanoo kaafireen

DIN 31635yā maʿšara l-ǧinni wal-ʾinsi ʾalam yaʾtikum rusulun minkum yaquṣṣūna ʿalaykum ʾāyātī wayunḏirūnakum liqāʾa yawmikum hāḏā qālū šahidnā ʿalā ʾanfusinā waġarrathumu l-ḥayātu d-dunyā wašahidū ʿalā ʾanfusihim ʾannahum kānū kāfirīna

"O assembly of jinn and humans, did there not come to you messengers from among you, relating to you My revelations, and warning you of the meeting of this Day of yours?" They will say, "We testify against ourselves." The life of the world seduced them. They will testify against themselves that they were disbelievers.

Compare translations (4)

O ye assembly of the jinn and humankind! Came there not unto you messengers of your own who recounted unto you My tokens and warned you of the meeting of this your Day? They will say: We testify against ourselves. And the life of the world beguiled them. And they testify against themselves that they were disbelievers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O assembly of ginns and men! did there not come to you apostles from among yourselves, relating to you our signs, and warning you of the meeting of this very day of yours? They say, 'We bear witness against ourselves.' The life of this world deceived them, and they bear witness against themselves that they were unbelievers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O race of Djinn and men! came not apostles to you from among yourselves, rehearsing my signs to you, and warning you of the meeting of this your day? They shall say, "We bear witness against ourselves." This world's life deceived them; and they shall bear witness against themselves that they were infidels

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O company of genii and men, did not messengers from among your selves come unto you, rehearsing my signs unto you, and forewarning you of the meeting of this your day? They shall answer, we bear witness against our selves: The present life deceived them: And they shall bear witness against themselves that they were unbelievers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:131

ذَٰلِكَ أَن لَّمْ يَكُن رَّبُّكَ مُهْلِكَ ٱلْقُرَىٰ بِظُلْمٍ وَأَهْلُهَا غَٰفِلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)dhaalika an lam yakun rabbuka muhlika l-quraa bizulmin wa'ahluhaa ghaafiloon

DIN 31635ḏālika ʾan lam yakun rabbuka muhlika l-qurā biẓulmin waʾahluhā ġāfilūna

The translators word this verse differently

That is because your Lord would not destroy towns for injustice while their inhabitants are unaware.

Compare translations (4)

This is because thy Lord destroyeth not the townships arbitrarily while their people are unconscious (of the wrong they do)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

That is because thy Lord would never destroy towns unjustly while their people are careless

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

This, because thy Lord would not destroy the cities in their sin, while their people were yet careless

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

This hath been the method of God's dealing with his creatures, because thy Lord would not destroy the cities in their iniquity, while their inhabitants were careless

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:132

وَلِكُلٍّ دَرَجَٰتٌ مِّمَّا عَمِلُوا۟ وَمَا رَبُّكَ بِغَٰفِلٍ عَمَّا يَعْمَلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walikullin darajaatun mimmaa 'amiloo wamaa rabbuka bighaafilin 'ammaa ya'maloon

DIN 31635walikullin daraǧātun mimmā ʿamilū wamā rabbuka biġāfilin ʿammā yaʿmalūna

They all have ranks according to what they did; and your Lord is not unaware of what they do.

Compare translations (4)

For all there will be ranks from what they did. Thy Lord is not unaware of what they do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

but for every one are degrees of what they have done and thy Lord is not careless of that which they do

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And for all, are grades of recompense as the result of their deeds; and of what they do, thy Lord is not regardless

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Every one shall have degrees of recompense of that which they shall do; for thy Lord is not regardless of that which they do

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:133

وَرَبُّكَ ٱلْغَنِىُّ ذُو ٱلرَّحْمَةِ إِن يَشَأْ يُذْهِبْكُمْ وَيَسْتَخْلِفْ مِنۢ بَعْدِكُم مَّا يَشَآءُ كَمَآ أَنشَأَكُم مِّن ذُرِّيَّةِ قَوْمٍ ءَاخَرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)warabbuka l-ghaniyyu dhoo r-rahmati in yasha' yudhhibkum wayastakhlif min ba'dikum maa yashaa'u kamaa ansha'akum min dhurriyyati qawmin aakhareen

DIN 31635warabbuka l-ġaniyyu ḏū r-raḥmati ʾin yašaʾ yuḏhibkum wayastaḫlif min baʿdikum mā yašāʾu kamā ʾanšaʾakum min ḏurriyyati qawmin ʾāḫarīna

Your Lord is the Rich Beyond Need, the Possessor of Mercy. If He wills, He can do away with you, and substitute whomever He wills in your place, just as He produced you from the descendants of another people.

Compare translations (4)

Thy Lord is the Absolute, the Lord of Mercy. If He will, He can remove you and can cause what He will to follow after you, even as He raised you from the seed of other folk

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Thy Lord is rich, merciful; if He pleases He will take you off, and will cause what He pleases to succeed you; even as He raised you up from the seed of other people

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And thy Lord is the Rich one, full of compassion! He can destroy you if He please, and cause whom He will to succeed you, as he raised you up from the offspring of other people

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

and thy Lord is self-sufficient and indued with mercy. If He pleaseth He can destroy you, and cause such as He pleaseth to succeed you, in like manner as He produced you from the posterity of other people

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:134

إِنَّ مَا تُوعَدُونَ لَـَٔاتٍ وَمَآ أَنتُم بِمُعْجِزِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna maa too'adoona la'aatin wamaa antum bimu'jizeen

DIN 31635ʾinna mā tūʿadūna laʾātin wamā ʾantum bimuʿǧizīna

The translators word this verse differently

What you are promised is coming, and you cannot thwart it.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! that which ye are promised will surely come to pass, and ye cannot escape

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, what ye are promised will surely come, nor can ye frustrate it

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Verily, that which is threatened you shall surely come to pass, neither shall ye weaken its might

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Verily that which is threatened you, shall surely come to pass; neither shall ye cause it to fail

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:135

قُلْ يَٰقَوْمِ ٱعْمَلُوا۟ عَلَىٰ مَكَانَتِكُمْ إِنِّى عَامِلٌ فَسَوْفَ تَعْلَمُونَ مَن تَكُونُ لَهُۥ عَٰقِبَةُ ٱلدَّارِ إِنَّهُۥ لَا يُفْلِحُ ٱلظَّٰلِمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul yaa qawmi 'maloo 'alaa makaanatikum innee 'aamilun fasawfa ta'lamoona man takoonu lahu 'aaqibatu d-daari innahu laa yuflihu z-zaalimoon

DIN 31635qul yā qawmi ʿmalū ʿalā makānatikum ʾinnī ʿāmilun fasawfa taʿlamūna man takūnu lahu ʿāqibatu d-dāri ʾinnahu lā yufliḥu ẓ-ẓālimūna

Say, "O my people! Work according to your ability, and so will I." You will come to know to whom will belong the sequel of the abode." The wrongdoers will not prevail.

Compare translations (4)

Say (O Muhammad): O my people! Work according to your power. Lo! I too am working. Thus ye will come to know for which of us will be the happy sequel. Lo! the wrong-doers will not be successful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'O my people! act according to your power, verily, I am acting too; and soon shall ye know whose is the future of the abode!' verily, the unjust shall not prosper

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: O my people! Act as ye best can: I verily will act my part, and hereafter shall ye know Whose will be the recompense of the abode! Verily, the ungodly shall not prosper

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say unto those of Mecca, O my people, act according to your power; verily I will act according to my duty: And hereafter shall ye know whose will be the reward of paradise. The ungodly shall not prosper

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:136

وَجَعَلُوا۟ لِلَّهِ مِمَّا ذَرَأَ مِنَ ٱلْحَرْثِ وَٱلْأَنْعَٰمِ نَصِيبًا فَقَالُوا۟ هَٰذَا لِلَّهِ بِزَعْمِهِمْ وَهَٰذَا لِشُرَكَآئِنَا فَمَا كَانَ لِشُرَكَآئِهِمْ فَلَا يَصِلُ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ وَمَا كَانَ لِلَّهِ فَهُوَ يَصِلُ إِلَىٰ شُرَكَآئِهِمْ سَآءَ مَا يَحْكُمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waja'aloo lillaahi mimmaa dhara'a mina l-harthi wal-'an'aami naseeban faqaaloo haadhaa lillaahi biza'mihim wahaadhaa lishurakaa'inaa famaa kaana lishurakaa'ihim falaa yasilu ilaa llaahi wamaa kaana lillaahi fahuwa yasilu ilaa shurakaa'ihim saa'a maa yahkumoon

DIN 31635waǧaʿalū lillāhi mimmā ḏaraʾa mina l-ḥarṯi wal-ʾanʿāmi naṣīban faqālū hāḏā lillāhi bizaʿmihim wahāḏā lišurakāʾinā famā kāna lišurakāʾihim falā yaṣilu ʾilā llāhi wamā kāna lillāhi fahuwa yaṣilu ʾilā šurakāʾihim sāʾa mā yaḥkumūna

The translators word this verse differently

And they set aside for God a share of the crops and the livestock He created, and they say, "This is for God," according to their claim, "and this is for our idols." But the share of their idols does not reach God, yet the share of God reaches their idols. Evil is their judgment.

Compare translations (4)

They assign unto Allah, of the crops and cattle which He created, a portion, and they say: "This is Allah's" - in their make-believe - "and this is for (His) partners in regard to us." Thus that which (they assign) unto His partners in them reacheth not Allah and that which (they assign) unto Allah goeth to their (so-called) partners. Evil is their ordinance

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They set apart for God, from what He raises of tilth and of cattle, a portion, and they say, 'This is God's;' - as they pretend - ' and this is for our associates;' but that which is for their associates reaches not to God, and that which was for God does reach to their associates;- evil is it what they judge

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Moreover, they set apart a portion of the fruits and cattle which he hath produced, and say, "This for God" - so deem they - "And this for his companions, whom we associate with Him." But that which is for these companions of theirs, cometh not to God; yet that which is for God, cometh to the companions! Ill do they judge

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Those of Mecca set apart unto God a portion of that which he hath produced of the fruits of the earth, and of cattle; and say, this belongeth unto God, -- according to their imaginations, -- and this unto our companions. And that which is destined for their companions cometh not unto God; yet that which is set apart unto God cometh unto their companions. How ill do they judge

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:137

وَكَذَٰلِكَ زَيَّنَ لِكَثِيرٍ مِّنَ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ قَتْلَ أَوْلَٰدِهِمْ شُرَكَآؤُهُمْ لِيُرْدُوهُمْ وَلِيَلْبِسُوا۟ عَلَيْهِمْ دِينَهُمْ وَلَوْ شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ مَا فَعَلُوهُ فَذَرْهُمْ وَمَا يَفْتَرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wakadhaalika zayyana likatheerin mina l-mushrikeena qatla awlaadihim shurakaa'uhum liyurdoohum waliyalbisoo 'alayhim deenahum walaw shaa'a llaahu maa fa'aloohu fadharhum wamaa yaftaroon

DIN 31635wakaḏālika zayyana likaṯīrin mina l-mušrikīna qatla ʾawlādihim šurakāʾuhum liyurdūhum waliyalbisū ʿalayhim dīnahum walaw šāʾa llāhu mā faʿalūhu faḏarhum wamā yaftarūna

Likewise, their idols entice many idolaters to kill their children, in order to lead them to their ruin, and confuse them in their religion. Had God willed, they would not have done it; so leave them to their fraud.

Compare translations (4)

Thus have their (so-called) partners (of Allah) made the killing of their children to seem fair unto many of the idolaters, that they may ruin them and make their faith obscure for them. Had Allah willed (it otherwise), they had not done so. So leave them alone with their devices

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Thus too have their associates made seemly to many of the idolaters the killing of their children, to destroy them, and to obscure for them their religion; but had God pleased they would not have done it, leave them alone and that which they have forged

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Thus have the companion-gods induced many of these, who join them with God, to slay their children, that they might ruin them, and throw the cloak of confusion over their religion. But if God had pleased, they had not done this. Therefore, leave them and their devices

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

In like manner have their companions induced many of the idolaters to slay their children, that they might bring them to perdition, and that they might render their religion obscure and confused unto them. But if God had pleased, they had not done this: Therefore leave them, and that which they falsely imagine

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:138

وَقَالُوا۟ هَٰذِهِۦٓ أَنْعَٰمٌ وَحَرْثٌ حِجْرٌ لَّا يَطْعَمُهَآ إِلَّا مَن نَّشَآءُ بِزَعْمِهِمْ وَأَنْعَٰمٌ حُرِّمَتْ ظُهُورُهَا وَأَنْعَٰمٌ لَّا يَذْكُرُونَ ٱسْمَ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْهَا ٱفْتِرَآءً عَلَيْهِ سَيَجْزِيهِم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَفْتَرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waqaaloo haadhihi an'aamun waharthun hijrun laa yat'amuhaa illaa man nashaa'u biza'mihim wa'an'aamun hurrimat zuhooruhaa wa'an'aamun laa yadhkuroona sma llaahi 'alayhaa ftiraa'an 'alayhi sayajzeehim bimaa kaanoo yaftaroon

DIN 31635waqālū hāḏihi ʾanʿāmun waḥarṯun ḥiǧrun lā yaṭʿamuhā ʾillā man našāʾu bizaʿmihim waʾanʿāmun ḥurrimat ẓuhūruhā waʾanʿāmun lā yaḏkurūna sma llāhi ʿalayhā ftirāʾan ʿalayhi sayaǧzīhim bimā kānū yaftarūna

The translators word this verse differently

And they say, "These animals and crops are restricted; none may eat them except those we permit," by their claims, and animals whose backs are forbidden, and animals over which they do not pronounce the name of God-fabricating lies against Him. He will repay them for what they used to invent.

Compare translations (4)

And they say: Such cattle and crops are forbidden. No-one is to eat of them save whom we will - in their make-believe - cattle whose backs are forbidden, cattle over which they mention not the name of Allah. (All that is) a lie against Him. He will repay them for that which they invent

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And they say, 'These cattle and tilth are inviolable; none shall taste thereof, save such as we please' - as they pretend - and there are cattle whose backs are prohibited, and cattle over whom God's name is not pronounced,- forging a lie against Him! He shall reward them for what they have forged

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They also say, "These cattle and fruits are sacred: none may taste them but whom we please:" so deem they - "And there are cattle, whose backs should be exempt from labour." And there are cattle over which they do not pronounce the name of God: inventing in all this a lie against Him. For their inventions shall He reward them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They also say, these cattle and fruits of the earth are sacred; none shall eat thereof but who we please, -- according to their imagination; -- and there are cattle whose backs are forbidden to be rode on, or loaden with burdens; and there are cattle on which they commemorate not the name of God when they slay them, devising a lie against him: God shall reward them for that which they falsely devise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:139

وَقَالُوا۟ مَا فِى بُطُونِ هَٰذِهِ ٱلْأَنْعَٰمِ خَالِصَةٌ لِّذُكُورِنَا وَمُحَرَّمٌ عَلَىٰٓ أَزْوَٰجِنَا وَإِن يَكُن مَّيْتَةً فَهُمْ فِيهِ شُرَكَآءُ سَيَجْزِيهِمْ وَصْفَهُمْ إِنَّهُۥ حَكِيمٌ عَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waqaaloo maa fee butooni haadhihi l-'an'aami khaalisatun lidhukoorinaa wamuharramun 'alaa azwaajinaa wa'in yakun maytatan fahum feehi shurakaa'u sayajzeehim wasfahum innahu hakeemun 'aleem

DIN 31635waqālū mā fī buṭūni hāḏihi l-ʾanʿāmi ḫāliṣatun liḏukūrinā wamuḥarramun ʿalā ʾazwāǧinā waʾin yakun maytatan fahum fīhi šurakāʾu sayaǧzīhim waṣfahum ʾinnahu ḥakīmun ʿalīmun

And they say, "What lies in the wombs of these animals is exclusively for our males, and prohibited to our wives." But if it is stillborn, they can share in it. He will surely punish them for their allegations. He is Wise and Knowing.

Compare translations (4)

And they say: That which is in the bellies of such cattle is reserved for our males and is forbidden to our wives; but if it be born dead, then they (all) may be partakers thereof. He will reward them for their attribution (of such ordinances unto Him). Lo, He is Wise, Aware

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And they say, 'What is in the wombs of these cattle is unlawful for our wives, but if it be (born) dead, then are they partners therein.' He will reward them for their attribution; verily, He is wise and knowing

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And they say, "That which is in the wombs of these cattle is allowed to our males, and forbidden to our wives;" but if it prove abortive, both partake of it. God shall reward them for their distinctions! Knowing, Wise is He

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And they say, that which is in the bellies of these cattle, is allowed our males to eat, and is forbidden to our wives: But if it prove abortive, then they are both partakers thereof. God shall give them the reward of their attributing these things to him: He is knowing and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:140

قَدْ خَسِرَ ٱلَّذِينَ قَتَلُوٓا۟ أَوْلَٰدَهُمْ سَفَهًۢا بِغَيْرِ عِلْمٍ وَحَرَّمُوا۟ مَا رَزَقَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ ٱفْتِرَآءً عَلَى ٱللَّهِ قَدْ ضَلُّوا۟ وَمَا كَانُوا۟ مُهْتَدِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qad khasira lladheena qataloo awlaadahum safahan bighayri 'ilmin waharramoo maa razaqahumu llaahu ftiraa'an 'alaa llaahi qad dalloo wamaa kaanoo muhtadeen

DIN 31635qad ḫasira llaḏīna qatalū ʾawlādahum safahan biġayri ʿilmin waḥarramū mā razaqahumu llāhu ftirāʾan ʿalā llāhi qad ḍallū wamā kānū muhtadīna

Lost are those who kill their children foolishly, with no basis in knowledge, and forbid what God has provided for them-innovations about God. They have gone astray. They are not guided.

Compare translations (4)

They are losers who besottedly have slain their children without knowledge, and have forbidden that which Allah bestowed upon them, inventing a lie against Allah. They indeed have gone astray and are not guided

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Losers are they who kill their children foolishly, without knowledge, and who prohibit what God has bestowed upon them, forging a lie against God; they have erred and are not guided

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Lost are they who, in their ignorance, have foolishly slain their children, and have forbidden that which God hath given them for food, devising an untruth against God! Now have they erred; and they were not rightly guided

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They are utterly lost who have slain their children foolishly, without knowledge; and have forbidden that which God hath given them for food, devising a lie against God. They have erred, and were not rightly directed

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:141

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنشَأَ جَنَّٰتٍ مَّعْرُوشَٰتٍ وَغَيْرَ مَعْرُوشَٰتٍ وَٱلنَّخْلَ وَٱلزَّرْعَ مُخْتَلِفًا أُكُلُهُۥ وَٱلزَّيْتُونَ وَٱلرُّمَّانَ مُتَشَٰبِهًا وَغَيْرَ مُتَشَٰبِهٍ كُلُوا۟ مِن ثَمَرِهِۦٓ إِذَآ أَثْمَرَ وَءَاتُوا۟ حَقَّهُۥ يَوْمَ حَصَادِهِۦ وَلَا تُسْرِفُوٓا۟ إِنَّهُۥ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُسْرِفِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wahuwa lladhee ansha'a jannaatin ma'rooshaatin waghayra ma'rooshaatin wan-nakhla waz-zar'a mukhtalifan ukuluhu waz-zaytoona war-rummaana mutashaabihan waghayra mutashaabihin kuloo min thamarihi idhaa athmara wa'aatoo haqqahu yawma hasaadihi walaa tusrifoo innahu laa yuhibbu l-musrifeen

DIN 31635wahuwa llaḏī ʾanšaʾa ǧannātin maʿrūšātin waġayra maʿrūšātin wan-naḫla waz-zarʿa muḫtalifan ʾukuluhu waz-zaytūna war-rummāna mutašābihan waġayra mutašābihin kulū min ṯamarihi ʾiḏā ʾaṯmara waʾātū ḥaqqahu yawma ḥaṣādihi walā tusrifū ʾinnahu lā yuḥibbu l-musrifīna

The translators word this verse differently

It is He who produces gardens, both cultivated and wild, and date-palms, and crops of diverse tastes, and olives and pomegranates, similar and dissimilar. Eat of its fruit when it yields, and give its due on the day of its harvest, and do not waste. He does not love the wasteful.

Compare translations (4)

He it is Who produceth gardens trellised and untrellised, and the date-palm, and crops of divers flavour, and the olive and the pomegranate, like and unlike. Eat ye of the fruit thereof when it fruiteth, and pay the due thereof upon the harvest day, and be not prodigal. Lo! Allah loveth not the prodigals

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He it is who brought forth gardens with trailed and untrailed vines, and the palms and corn land, with various food, and olives, and pomegranates, alike and unlike. Eat from the fruit thereof whene'er it fruits, and bring the dues thereof on the day of harvest, and be not extravagant; verily, He loves not the extravagant

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

He it is who produceth gardens of the vine trellised and untrellised, and the palm trees, and the corn of various food, and olives, and pomegranates, like and unlike. Eat of their fruit when they bear fruit, and pay the due thereof on the day of its ingathering: and be not prodigal, for God loveth not the prodigal

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

He it is who produceth gardens of vines, both those which are supported on trails of wood, and those which are not supported, and palm-trees, and the corn affording various food, and olives, and pomegranates, alike and unlike unto one another. Eat of their fruit, when they bear fruit, and pay the due thereof on the day whereon ye shall gather it; but be not profuse, for God loveth not those who are too profuse

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:142

وَمِنَ ٱلْأَنْعَٰمِ حَمُولَةً وَفَرْشًا كُلُوا۟ مِمَّا رَزَقَكُمُ ٱللَّهُ وَلَا تَتَّبِعُوا۟ خُطُوَٰتِ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنِ إِنَّهُۥ لَكُمْ عَدُوٌّ مُّبِينٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamina l-'an'aami hamoolatan wafarshan kuloo mimmaa razaqakumu llaahu walaa tattabi'oo khutuwaati sh-shaytaani innahu lakum 'aduwwun mubeen

DIN 31635wamina l-ʾanʿāmi ḥamūlatan wafaršan kulū mimmā razaqakumu llāhu walā tattabiʿū ḫuṭuwāti š-šayṭāni ʾinnahu lakum ʿaduwwun mubīnun

Among the livestock are some for transportation, and some for clothing. Eat of what God has provided for you, and do not follow the footsteps of Satan. He is to you an outright enemy.

Compare translations (4)

And of the cattle (He produceth) some for burdens, some for food. Eat of that which Allah hath bestowed upon you, and follow not the footsteps of the devil, for lo! he is an open foe to you

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Of cattle are there some to ride on and to spread. Eat of what God has bestowed upon you, and follow not the footsteps of Satan; verily, he is to you an open foe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And there are cattle for burdens and for journeys. Eat of what God hath given you for food; and follow not the steps of Satan, for he is your declared enemy

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And God hath given you some cattle fit for bearing of burdens, and some fit for slaughter only. Eat of what God hath given you for food; and follow not the steps of Satan, for he is your declared enemy

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:143

ثَمَٰنِيَةَ أَزْوَٰجٍ مِّنَ ٱلضَّأْنِ ٱثْنَيْنِ وَمِنَ ٱلْمَعْزِ ٱثْنَيْنِ قُلْ ءَآلذَّكَرَيْنِ حَرَّمَ أَمِ ٱلْأُنثَيَيْنِ أَمَّا ٱشْتَمَلَتْ عَلَيْهِ أَرْحَامُ ٱلْأُنثَيَيْنِ نَبِّـُٔونِى بِعِلْمٍ إِن كُنتُمْ صَٰدِقِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)thamaaniyata azwaajin mina d-da'ni thnayni wamina l-ma'zi thnayni qul aadh-dhakarayni harrama ami l-'unthayayni ammaa shtamalat 'alayhi arhaamu l-'unthayayni nabbi'oonee bi'ilmin in kuntum saadiqeen

DIN 31635ṯamāniyata ʾazwāǧin mina ḍ-ḍaʾni ṯnayni wamina l-maʿzi ṯnayni qul ʾāḏ-ḏakarayni ḥarrama ʾami l-ʾunṯayayni ʾammā štamalat ʿalayhi ʾarḥāmu l-ʾunṯayayni nabbiʾūnī biʿilmin ʾin kuntum ṣādiqīna

Eight pairs: two of the sheep, and two of the goats. Say, "Did He forbid the two males, or the two females, or what the wombs of the two females contain? Inform me with knowledge, if you are truthful."

Compare translations (4)

Eight pairs: Of the sheep twain, and of the goats twain. Say: Hath He forbidden the two males or the two females, or that which the wombs of the two females contain? Expound to me (the case) with knowledge, if ye are truthful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Eight pairs,- of sheep two, and of goats two; say, 'Are the two males unlawful, or the two females, or what the wombs of the two females contain? inform me with knowledge if ye tell the truth

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

You have four sorts of cattle in pairs: of sheep a pair, and of goats a pair. SAY: Hath He forbidden the two males or the two females; or that which the wombs of the two females enclose? Tell me with knowledge, if ye speak the truth

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Four pair of cattle hath God given you; of sheep one pair, and of goats one pair. Say unto them, hath God forbidden the two males, of sheep and of goats, or the two females; or that which the wombs of the two females contain? Tell me with certainty, if ye speak truth

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:144

وَمِنَ ٱلْإِبِلِ ٱثْنَيْنِ وَمِنَ ٱلْبَقَرِ ٱثْنَيْنِ قُلْ ءَآلذَّكَرَيْنِ حَرَّمَ أَمِ ٱلْأُنثَيَيْنِ أَمَّا ٱشْتَمَلَتْ عَلَيْهِ أَرْحَامُ ٱلْأُنثَيَيْنِ أَمْ كُنتُمْ شُهَدَآءَ إِذْ وَصَّىٰكُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِهَٰذَا فَمَنْ أَظْلَمُ مِمَّنِ ٱفْتَرَىٰ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ كَذِبًا لِّيُضِلَّ ٱلنَّاسَ بِغَيْرِ عِلْمٍ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَهْدِى ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamina l-'ibili thnayni wamina l-baqari thnayni qul aadh-dhakarayni harrama ami l-'unthayayni ammaa shtamalat 'alayhi arhaamu l-'unthayayni am kuntum shuhadaa'a idh wassaakumu llaahu bihaadhaa faman azlamu mimmani ftaraa 'alaa llaahi kadhiban liyudilla n-naasa bighayri 'ilmin inna llaaha laa yahdee l-qawma z-zaalimeen

DIN 31635wamina l-ʾibili ṯnayni wamina l-baqari ṯnayni qul ʾāḏ-ḏakarayni ḥarrama ʾami l-ʾunṯayayni ʾammā štamalat ʿalayhi ʾarḥāmu l-ʾunṯayayni ʾam kuntum šuhadāʾa ʾiḏ waṣṣākumu llāhu bihāḏā faman ʾaẓlamu mimmani ftarā ʿalā llāhi kaḏiban liyuḍilla n-nāsa biġayri ʿilmin ʾinna llāha lā yahdī l-qawma ẓ-ẓālimīna

And two of the camels, and two of the cattle. Say, "Did He forbid the two males, or the two females, or what the wombs of the two females contain? Were you present when God enjoined this upon you?" Who does greater wrong than he who invents lies and attributes them to God, in order to mislead people without knowledge? God does not guide the wicked people.

Compare translations (4)

And of the camels twain and of the oxen twain. Say: Hath He forbidden the two males or the two females, or that which the wombs of the two females contain; or were ye by to witness when Allah commanded you (all) this? Then who doth greater wrong than he who deviseth a lie concerning Allah, that he may lead mankind astray without knowledge. Lo! Allah guideth not wrongdoing folk

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And of camels two, and cows two; say, 'Are the two males unlawful, or the two females, or what the wombs of the two females contain? Were ye witnesses when God ordained for you these?- Then who is more unjust than he who devises a lie against God, to lead men astray without knowledge? verily, God guides not the unjust people

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And of camels a pair, and of oxen a pair. SAY: Hath He forbidden the two males or the two females; or that which the wombs of the two females enclose? Were ye witnesses when God enjoined you this? Who then is more wicked than he who, in his ignorance, inventeth a lie against God, to mislead men? God truly guideth not the wicked

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And of camels hath God given you one pair, and of oxen one pair. Say, hath He forbidden the two males of these, or the two females; or that which the wombs of the two females contain? Were ye present when God commanded you this? And who is more unjust than he who deviseth a lie against God, that he may seduce men without understanding? Verily God directeth not unjust people

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:145

قُل لَّآ أَجِدُ فِى مَآ أُوحِىَ إِلَىَّ مُحَرَّمًا عَلَىٰ طَاعِمٍ يَطْعَمُهُۥٓ إِلَّآ أَن يَكُونَ مَيْتَةً أَوْ دَمًا مَّسْفُوحًا أَوْ لَحْمَ خِنزِيرٍ فَإِنَّهُۥ رِجْسٌ أَوْ فِسْقًا أُهِلَّ لِغَيْرِ ٱللَّهِ بِهِۦ فَمَنِ ٱضْطُرَّ غَيْرَ بَاغٍ وَلَا عَادٍ فَإِنَّ رَبَّكَ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul laa ajidu fee maa oohiya ilayya muharraman 'alaa taa'imin yat'amuhu illaa an yakoona maytatan aw daman masfoohan aw lahma khinzeerin fa'innahu rijsun aw fisqan uhilla lighayri llaahi bihi famani dturra ghayra baaghin walaa 'aadin fa'inna rabbaka ghafoorun raheem

DIN 31635qul lā ʾaǧidu fī mā ʾūḥiya ʾilayya muḥarraman ʿalā ṭāʿimin yaṭʿamuhu ʾillā ʾan yakūna maytatan ʾaw daman masfūḥan ʾaw laḥma ḫinzīrin faʾinnahu riǧsun ʾaw fisqan ʾuhilla liġayri llāhi bihi famani ḍṭurra ġayra bāġin walā ʿādin faʾinna rabbaka ġafūrun raḥīmun

Say, "In what was revealed to me, I find nothing forbidden to a consumer who eats it, except carrion, or spilled blood, or the flesh of swine-because it is impure-or a sinful offering dedicated to other than God. But if someone is compelled by necessity, without being deliberate or malicious-your Lord is Forgiving and Merciful.

Compare translations (4)

Say: I find not in that which is revealed unto me aught prohibited to an eater that he eat thereof, except it be carrion, or blood poured forth, or swineflesh - for that verily is foul - or the abomination which was immolated to the name of other than Allah. But whoso is compelled (thereto), neither craving nor transgressing, (for him) lo! thy Lord is Forgiving, Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'I cannot find in what I am inspired with anything unlawful for the taster to taste; unless it be dead (of itself), or blood that has been shed, or the flesh of swine,- for that is a horror - or an abomination that is consecrated to other than God. But he who is forced, not willfully nor transgressing,- then, verily, thy Lord is forgiving and merciful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: I find not in what hath been revealed to me aught forbidden to the eater to eat, except it be that which dieth of itself, or blood poured forth, or swine's flesh; for this is unclean or profane, being slain in the name of other than God. But whoso shall be a forced partaker, if it be without wilfulness, and not in transgression, - verily, thy Lord is Indulgent, Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, I find not in that which hath been revealed unto me, any thing forbidden unto the eater, that he eat it not, except it be that which dieth of it self, or blood poured forth, or swine's flesh: For this is an abomination: Or that which is profane, having been slain in the name of some other than of God. But whoso shall be compelled by necessity to eat of these things, not lusting, nor wilfully transgressing, verily thy Lord will be gracious unto him and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:146

وَعَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ هَادُوا۟ حَرَّمْنَا كُلَّ ذِى ظُفُرٍ وَمِنَ ٱلْبَقَرِ وَٱلْغَنَمِ حَرَّمْنَا عَلَيْهِمْ شُحُومَهُمَآ إِلَّا مَا حَمَلَتْ ظُهُورُهُمَآ أَوِ ٱلْحَوَايَآ أَوْ مَا ٱخْتَلَطَ بِعَظْمٍ ذَٰلِكَ جَزَيْنَٰهُم بِبَغْيِهِمْ وَإِنَّا لَصَٰدِقُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'alaa lladheena haadoo harramnaa kulla dhee zufurin wamina l-baqari wal-ghanami harramnaa 'alayhim shuhoomahumaa illaa maa hamalat zuhooruhumaa awi l-hawaayaa aw maa khtalata bi'azmin dhaalika jazaynaahum bibaghyihim wa'innaa lasaadiqoon

DIN 31635waʿalā llaḏīna hādū ḥarramnā kulla ḏī ẓufurin wamina l-baqari wal-ġanami ḥarramnā ʿalayhim šuḥūmahumā ʾillā mā ḥamalat ẓuhūruhumā ʾawi l-ḥawāyā ʾaw mā ḫtalaṭa biʿaẓmin ḏālika ǧazaynāhum bibaġyihim waʾinnā laṣādiqūna

For the Jews We forbade everything with claws. As of cattle and sheep: We forbade them their fat, except what adheres to their backs, or the entrails, or what is mixed with bone. This is how We penalized them for their inequity. We are indeed truthful.

Compare translations (4)

Unto those who are Jews We forbade every animal with claws. And of the oxen and the sheep forbade We unto them the fat thereof save that upon the backs or the entrails, or that which is mixed with the bone. That we awarded them for their rebellion. And lo! we verily are truthful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

To those who were Jews did we prohibit everything that hath a solid hoof; and of oxen and sheep did we prohibit to them the fat, save what the backs of both do bear, or the inwards, or what is mixed with bone; with that did we recompense them for their rebellion, for, verily, we are true

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

To the Jews did we forbid every beast having an entire hoof, and of both bullocks and sheep we forbade them the fat, save what might be on their backs, or their entrails, and the fat attached to the bone. With this have we recompensed them, because of their transgression: and verily, we are indeed equitable

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Unto the Jews did We forbid every beast having an undivided hoof; and of bullocks and sheep, We forbade them the fat of both; except that which should be on their backs, or their inwards, or which should be intermixed with the bone. This have We rewarded them with, because of their iniquity; and We are surely speakers of truth

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:147

فَإِن كَذَّبُوكَ فَقُل رَّبُّكُمْ ذُو رَحْمَةٍ وَٰسِعَةٍ وَلَا يُرَدُّ بَأْسُهُۥ عَنِ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fa'in kadhdhabooka faqul rabbukum dhoo rahmatin waasi'atin walaa yuraddu ba'suhu 'ani l-qawmi l-mujrimeen

DIN 31635faʾin kaḏḏabūka faqul rabbukum ḏū raḥmatin wāsiʿatin walā yuraddu baʾsuhu ʿani l-qawmi l-muǧrimīna

If they accuse you of lying, say, "Your Lord is Possessor of infinite mercy, but His wrath cannot be averted from the guilty people."

Compare translations (4)

So if they give the lie to thee (Muhammad), say: Your Lord is a Lord of All-Embracing Mercy, and His wrath will never be withdrawn from guilty folk

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And if they give thee the lie, say, 'Your Lord is of ample mercy, nor shall His violence be turned back from the sinful people

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

If they treat thee as an impostor, then SAY: Your Lord is of all-embracing mercy: but his severity shall not be turned aside from the wicked

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

If they accuse thee of imposture, say, your Lord is indued with extensive mercy; but his severity shall not be averted from wicked people

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:148

سَيَقُولُ ٱلَّذِينَ أَشْرَكُوا۟ لَوْ شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ مَآ أَشْرَكْنَا وَلَآ ءَابَآؤُنَا وَلَا حَرَّمْنَا مِن شَىْءٍ كَذَٰلِكَ كَذَّبَ ٱلَّذِينَ مِن قَبْلِهِمْ حَتَّىٰ ذَاقُوا۟ بَأْسَنَا قُلْ هَلْ عِندَكُم مِّنْ عِلْمٍ فَتُخْرِجُوهُ لَنَآ إِن تَتَّبِعُونَ إِلَّا ٱلظَّنَّ وَإِنْ أَنتُمْ إِلَّا تَخْرُصُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)sayaqoolu lladheena ashrakoo law shaa'a llaahu maa ashraknaa walaa aabaa'unaa walaa harramnaa min shay'in kadhaalika kadhdhaba lladheena min qablihim hattaa dhaaqoo ba'sanaa qul hal 'indakum min 'ilmin fatukhrijoohu lanaa in tattabi'oona illaa z-zanna wa'in antum illaa takhrusoon

DIN 31635sayaqūlu llaḏīna ʾašrakū law šāʾa llāhu mā ʾašraknā walā ʾābāʾunā walā ḥarramnā min šayʾin kaḏālika kaḏḏaba llaḏīna min qablihim ḥattā ḏāqū baʾsanā qul hal ʿindakum min ʿilmin fatuḫriǧūhu lanā ʾin tattabiʿūna ʾillā ẓ-ẓanna waʾin ʾantum ʾillā taḫruṣūna

The polytheists will say, "Had God willed, we would not have practiced idolatry, nor would have our forefathers, nor would we have prohibited anything." Likewise those before them lied, until they tasted Our might. Say, "Do you have any knowledge that you can produce for us? You follow nothing but conjecture, and you only guess."

Compare translations (4)

They who are idolaters will say: Had Allah willed, we had not ascribed (unto Him) partners neither had our fathers, nor had we forbidden aught. Thus did those who were before them give the lie (to Allah's messengers) till they tasted of the fear of Us. Say: Have ye any knowledge that ye can adduce for Us? Lo! ye follow naught but an opinion, Lo! ye do but guess

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Those who associate others with God will say, 'Had God pleased, we had not so associated, nor our fathers; nor should we have forbidden aught.' Thus did they give the lie to those who came before them, until they tasted of our violence! Say, 'Have ye any knowledge? if so, bring it forth to us: ye only follow suspicion, and ye do but conjecture

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They who add gods to God will say, "If God had pleased, neither we nor our fathers had given him companions, nor should we have interdicted anything." Thus did they who flourished before them charge with imposture, until they had tasted our severity! SAY: Have ye any knowledge that ye can produce to us? Verily, ye follow only a conceit: ye utter only lies

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

The idolaters will say, if God had pleased, we had not been guilty of idolatry, neither our fathers; and pretend that We have not forbidden them any thing. Thus did they who were before them accuse the prophets of imposture, until they tasted our severe punishment. Say, is there with you any certain knowledge of what ye alledge, that ye may produce it unto us? Ye follow only a false imagination; and ye only utter lies

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:149

قُلْ فَلِلَّهِ ٱلْحُجَّةُ ٱلْبَٰلِغَةُ فَلَوْ شَآءَ لَهَدَىٰكُمْ أَجْمَعِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul falillaahi l-hujjatu l-baalighatu falaw shaa'a lahadaakum ajma'een

DIN 31635qul falillāhi l-ḥuǧǧatu l-bāliġatu falaw šāʾa lahadākum ʾaǧmaʿīna

The translators word this verse differently

Say, "To God belongs the conclusive argument. Had He willed, He would have guided you all."

Compare translations (4)

Say - For Allah's is the final argument - Had He willed He could indeed have guided all of you

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'God's is the searching argument; and had He pleased He would have guided you all

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: Peremptory proof is God's! Had He pleased He had guided you all aright

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, therefore unto God belongeth the most evident demonstration; for if he had pleased, he had directed you all

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:150

قُلْ هَلُمَّ شُهَدَآءَكُمُ ٱلَّذِينَ يَشْهَدُونَ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ حَرَّمَ هَٰذَا فَإِن شَهِدُوا۟ فَلَا تَشْهَدْ مَعَهُمْ وَلَا تَتَّبِعْ أَهْوَآءَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا وَٱلَّذِينَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ وَهُم بِرَبِّهِمْ يَعْدِلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul halumma shuhadaa'akumu lladheena yashhadoona anna llaaha harrama haadhaa fa'in shahidoo falaa tashhad ma'ahum walaa tattabi' ahwaa'a lladheena kadhdhaboo bi'aayaatinaa walladheena laa yu'minoona bil-'aakhirati wahum birabbihim ya'diloon

DIN 31635qul halumma šuhadāʾakumu llaḏīna yašhadūna ʾanna llāha ḥarrama hāḏā faʾin šahidū falā tašhad maʿahum walā tattabiʿ ʾahwāʾa llaḏīna kaḏḏabū biʾāyātinā wallaḏīna lā yuʾminūna bil-ʾāḫirati wahum birabbihim yaʿdilūna

Say, "Produce your witnesses who would testify that God has prohibited this." If they testify, do not testify with them. And do not follow the whims of those who deny Our revelation, and those who do not believe in the Hereafter, and those who equate others with their Lord.

Compare translations (4)

Say: Come, bring your witnesses who can bear witness that Allah forbade (all) this. And if they bear witness, do not thou bear witness with them. Follow thou not the whims of those who deny Our revelations, those who believe not in the Hereafter and deem (others) equal with their Lord

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'Come on then with your witnesses, who bear witness that God has prohibited these!' but if they do bear witness, bear thou not witness with them; nor follow the lust of those who say our signs are lies, and those who do not believe in the last day, or those who for their Lord make peers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: Bring hither your witnesses who can witness that God hath forbidden these animals; but if they bear witness, witness not thou with them, nor witness to the conceits of those who charge our signs with falsehood, and who believe not in the life to come, and give equals to our Lord

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, produce your witnesses, who can bear testimony that God hath forbidden this. But if they bear testimony of this, do not thou bear testimony with them, nor do thou follow the desires of those who accuse our signs of falsehood, and who believe not in the life to come, and equalize idols with their Lord

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:151

قُلْ تَعَالَوْا۟ أَتْلُ مَا حَرَّمَ رَبُّكُمْ عَلَيْكُمْ أَلَّا تُشْرِكُوا۟ بِهِۦ شَيْـًٔا وَبِٱلْوَٰلِدَيْنِ إِحْسَٰنًا وَلَا تَقْتُلُوٓا۟ أَوْلَٰدَكُم مِّنْ إِمْلَٰقٍ نَّحْنُ نَرْزُقُكُمْ وَإِيَّاهُمْ وَلَا تَقْرَبُوا۟ ٱلْفَوَٰحِشَ مَا ظَهَرَ مِنْهَا وَمَا بَطَنَ وَلَا تَقْتُلُوا۟ ٱلنَّفْسَ ٱلَّتِى حَرَّمَ ٱللَّهُ إِلَّا بِٱلْحَقِّ ذَٰلِكُمْ وَصَّىٰكُم بِهِۦ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَعْقِلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul ta'aalaw atlu maa harrama rabbukum 'alaykum allaa tushrikoo bihi shay'an wabil-waalidayni ihsaanan walaa taqtuloo awlaadakum min imlaaqin nahnu narzuqukum wa'iyyaahum walaa taqraboo l-fawaahisha maa zahara minhaa wamaa batana walaa taqtuloo n-nafsa llatee harrama llaahu illaa bil-haqqi dhaalikum wassaakum bihi la'allakum ta'qiloon

DIN 31635qul taʿālaw ʾatlu mā ḥarrama rabbukum ʿalaykum ʾallā tušrikū bihi šayʾan wabil-wālidayni ʾiḥsānan walā taqtulū ʾawlādakum min ʾimlāqin naḥnu narzuqukum waʾiyyāhum walā taqrabū l-fawāḥiša mā ẓahara minhā wamā baṭana walā taqtulū n-nafsa llatī ḥarrama llāhu ʾillā bil-ḥaqqi ḏālikum waṣṣākum bihi laʿallakum taʿqilūna

Say, "Come, let me tell you what your Lord has forbidden you: that you associate nothing with Him; that you honor your parents; that you do not kill your children because of poverty-We provide for you and for them; that you do not come near indecencies, whether outward or inward; and that you do not kill the soul which God has sanctified-except in the course of justice. All this He has enjoined upon you, so that you may understand."

Compare translations (4)

Say: Come, I will recite unto you that which your Lord hath made a sacred duty for you: That ye ascribe no thing as partner unto Him and that ye do good to parents, and that ye slay not your children because of penury - We provide for you and for them - and that ye draw not nigh to lewd things whether open or concealed. And that ye slay not the life which Allah hath made sacred, save in the course of justice. This He hath command you, in order that ye may discern

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'Come! I will recite what your Lord has forbidden you, that ye may not associate aught with Him, and (may show) kindness to your parents, and not kill your children through poverty;- we will provide for you and them;- and draw not nigh to flagrant sins, either apparent or concealed, and kill not the soul, which God hath forbidden save by right; that is what God ordains you, haply ye may understand

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: Come, I will rehearse what your Lord hath made binding on you - that ye assign not aught to Him as partner; and that ye be good to your parents; and that ye slay not your children, because of poverty: for them and for you will we provide: and that ye come not near to pollutions, outward or inward: and that ye slay not anyone whom God hath forbidden you, unless for a just cause. This hath he enjoined on you, to the intent that ye may understand

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, come; I will rehearse that which your Lord hath forbidden you; that is to say, that ye be not guilty of idolatry, and that ye shew kindness to your parents, and that ye murder not your children for fear lest ye be reduced to poverty: We will provide for you and them; and draw not near unto hainous crimes, neither openly nor in secret; and slay not the soul which God hath forbidden you to slay, unless for a just cause. This hath He injoined you that ye may understand

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:152

وَلَا تَقْرَبُوا۟ مَالَ ٱلْيَتِيمِ إِلَّا بِٱلَّتِى هِىَ أَحْسَنُ حَتَّىٰ يَبْلُغَ أَشُدَّهُۥ وَأَوْفُوا۟ ٱلْكَيْلَ وَٱلْمِيزَانَ بِٱلْقِسْطِ لَا نُكَلِّفُ نَفْسًا إِلَّا وُسْعَهَا وَإِذَا قُلْتُمْ فَٱعْدِلُوا۟ وَلَوْ كَانَ ذَا قُرْبَىٰ وَبِعَهْدِ ٱللَّهِ أَوْفُوا۟ ذَٰلِكُمْ وَصَّىٰكُم بِهِۦ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَذَكَّرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaa taqraboo maala l-yateemi illaa billatee hiya ahsanu hattaa yablugha ashuddahu wa'awfoo l-kayla wal-meezaana bil-qisti laa nukallifu nafsan illaa wus'ahaa wa'idhaa qultum fa'diloo walaw kaana dhaa qurbaa wabi'ahdi llaahi awfoo dhaalikum wassaakum bihi la'allakum tadhakkaroon

DIN 31635walā taqrabū māla l-yatīmi ʾillā billatī hiya ʾaḥsanu ḥattā yabluġa ʾašuddahu waʾawfū l-kayla wal-mīzāna bil-qisṭi lā nukallifu nafsan ʾillā wusʿahā waʾiḏā qultum faʿdilū walaw kāna ḏā qurbā wabiʿahdi llāhi ʾawfū ḏālikum waṣṣākum bihi laʿallakum taḏakkarūna

The translators word this verse differently

And do not come near the property of the orphan, except with the best intentions, until he reaches maturity. And give full weight and full measure, equitably. We do not burden any soul beyond its capacity. And when you speak, be fair, even if it concerns a close relative. And fulfill your covenant with God. All this He has enjoined upon you, so that you may take heed.

Compare translations (4)

And approach not the wealth of the orphan save with that which is better, till he reach maturity. Give full measure and full weight, in justice. We task not any soul beyond its scope. And if ye give your word, do justice thereunto, even though it be (against) a kinsman; and fulfil the covenant of Allah. This He commandeth you that haply ye may remember

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And draw not nigh unto the wealth of the orphan, save so as to better it, until he reaches full age; and give weight and measure with justice. We do not compel the soul save what it can compass; and when ye pronounce, then be just, though it be in the case of a relative

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And come not nigh to the substance of the orphan, but to improve it, until he come of age: and use a full measure, and a just balance: We will not task a soul beyond its ability. And when ye give judgment, observe justice, even though it be the affair of a kinsman, and fulfil the covenant of God. This hath God enjoined you for your monition

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And meddle not with the substance of the orphan, otherwise than for the improving thereof, until he attain his age of strength; and use a full measure, and a just balance. We will not impose a task on any soul, beyond its ability. And when ye pronounce judgement observe justice, although it be for or against one who is near of kin, and fulfill the covenant of God. This hath God commanded you, that ye may be admonished

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:153

وَأَنَّ هَٰذَا صِرَٰطِى مُسْتَقِيمًا فَٱتَّبِعُوهُ وَلَا تَتَّبِعُوا۟ ٱلسُّبُلَ فَتَفَرَّقَ بِكُمْ عَن سَبِيلِهِۦ ذَٰلِكُمْ وَصَّىٰكُم بِهِۦ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَتَّقُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'anna haadhaa siraatee mustaqeeman faattabi'oohu walaa tattabi'oo s-subula fatafarraqa bikum 'an sabeelihi dhaalikum wassaakum bihi la'allakum tattaqoon

DIN 31635waʾanna hāḏā ṣirāṭī mustaqīman fāttabiʿūhu walā tattabiʿū s-subula fatafarraqa bikum ʿan sabīlihi ḏālikum waṣṣākum bihi laʿallakum tattaqūna

This is My path, straight, so follow it. And do not follow the other paths, lest they divert you from His path. All this He has enjoined upon you, that you may refrain from wrongdoing.

Compare translations (4)

And (He commandeth you, saying): This is My straight path, so follow it. Follow not other ways, lest ye be parted from His way. This hath He ordained for you, that ye may ward off (evil)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And God's compact fulfill ye; that is what He ordained you, haply ye may be mindful. Verily, this is my right way; follow it then, and follow not various paths, to separate yourselves from His way; that is what He has ordained you, haply ye may fear

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And, "this is my right way." Follow it then; and follow not other paths lest ye be scattered from His path. This hath he enjoined you, that ye may fear Him

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

and that ye may know that this is my right way: Therefore follow it, and follow not the paths of others, lest ye be scattered from the path of God. This hath He commanded you that ye may take heed

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:154

ثُمَّ ءَاتَيْنَا مُوسَى ٱلْكِتَٰبَ تَمَامًا عَلَى ٱلَّذِىٓ أَحْسَنَ وَتَفْصِيلًا لِّكُلِّ شَىْءٍ وَهُدًى وَرَحْمَةً لَّعَلَّهُم بِلِقَآءِ رَبِّهِمْ يُؤْمِنُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)thumma aataynaa moosaa l-kitaaba tamaaman 'alaa lladhee ahsana watafseelan likulli shay'in wahudan warahmatan la'allahum biliqaa'i rabbihim yu'minoon

DIN 31635ṯumma ʾātaynā mūsā l-kitāba tamāman ʿalā llaḏī ʾaḥsana watafṣīlan likulli šayʾin wahudan waraḥmatan laʿallahum biliqāʾi rabbihim yuʾminūna

Then We gave Moses the Scripture, perfect for the righteous, and explaining everything clearly, and a beacon, and mercy, that they may believe in the encounter with their Lord.

Compare translations (4)

Again, We gave the Scripture unto Moses, complete for him who would do good, an explanation of all things, a guidance and a mercy, that they might believe in the meeting with their Lord

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Then we gave Moses the Book, complete for him who acts aright, and a decision and a guidance and a mercy; haply in the meeting of their Lord they will believe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Then gave we the Book to Moses - complete for him who should do right, and a decision for all matters, and a guidance, and a mercy, that they might believe in the meeting with their Lord

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

We gave also unto Moses the book of the Law; a perfect rule unto him who should do right, and a determination concerning all things needful, and a direction and mercy; that the children of Israel might believe the meeting of their Lord

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:155

وَهَٰذَا كِتَٰبٌ أَنزَلْنَٰهُ مُبَارَكٌ فَٱتَّبِعُوهُ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُرْحَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wahaadhaa kitaabun anzalnaahu mubaarakun faattabi'oohu waattaqoo la'allakum turhamoon

DIN 31635wahāḏā kitābun ʾanzalnāhu mubārakun fāttabiʿūhu wāttaqū laʿallakum turḥamūna

This too is a blessed Scripture that We revealed; so follow it, and be righteous, that you may receive mercy.

Compare translations (4)

And this is a blessed Scripture which We have revealed. So follow it and ward off (evil), that ye may find mercy

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

This is the Book which we have sent down; it is a blessing; follow it then and fear; haply ye may obtain mercy

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Blessed, too, this Book which we have sent down. Wherefore follow it and fear God, that ye may find mercy

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And this book which We have now sent down, is blessed; therefore follow it and fear God that ye may obtain mercy

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:156

أَن تَقُولُوٓا۟ إِنَّمَآ أُنزِلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبُ عَلَىٰ طَآئِفَتَيْنِ مِن قَبْلِنَا وَإِن كُنَّا عَن دِرَاسَتِهِمْ لَغَٰفِلِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)an taqooloo innamaa unzila l-kitaabu 'alaa taa'ifatayni min qablinaa wa'in kunnaa 'an diraasatihim laghaafileen

DIN 31635ʾan taqūlū ʾinnamā ʾunzila l-kitābu ʿalā ṭāʾifatayni min qablinā waʾin kunnā ʿan dirāsatihim laġāfilīna

Lest you say, "The Scripture was revealed to two parties before us, and we were unaware of their teachings."

Compare translations (4)

Lest ye should say: The Scripture was revealed only to two sects before us, and we in sooth were unaware of what they read

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Lest ye say, 'The Book was only sent down to two sects before us; verily, we, for what they read, care naught

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Lest ye should say, "The Scriptures were indeed sent down only unto two peoples before us, but we were not able to go deep into their studies

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Lest ye should say, the scriptures were only sent down unto two people before us; and we neglected to peruse them with attention

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:157

أَوْ تَقُولُوا۟ لَوْ أَنَّآ أُنزِلَ عَلَيْنَا ٱلْكِتَٰبُ لَكُنَّآ أَهْدَىٰ مِنْهُمْ فَقَدْ جَآءَكُم بَيِّنَةٌ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ وَهُدًى وَرَحْمَةٌ فَمَنْ أَظْلَمُ مِمَّن كَذَّبَ بِـَٔايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ وَصَدَفَ عَنْهَا سَنَجْزِى ٱلَّذِينَ يَصْدِفُونَ عَنْ ءَايَٰتِنَا سُوٓءَ ٱلْعَذَابِ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَصْدِفُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)aw taqooloo law annaa unzila 'alaynaa l-kitaabu lakunnaa ahdaa minhum faqad jaa'akum bayyinatun min rabbikum wahudan warahmatun faman azlamu mimman kadhdhaba bi'aayaati llaahi wasadafa 'anhaa sanajzee lladheena yasdifoona 'an aayaatinaa soo'a l-'adhaabi bimaa kaanoo yasdifoon

DIN 31635ʾaw taqūlū law ʾannā ʾunzila ʿalaynā l-kitābu lakunnā ʾahdā minhum faqad ǧāʾakum bayyinatun min rabbikum wahudan waraḥmatun faman ʾaẓlamu mimman kaḏḏaba biʾāyāti llāhi waṣadafa ʿanhā sanaǧzī llaḏīna yaṣdifūna ʿan ʾāyātinā sūʾa l-ʿaḏābi bimā kānū yaṣdifūna

Or lest you say, "Had the Scripture been revealed to us, we would have been better guided than they." Clarification has come to you from your Lord, and guidance, and mercy. Who then does greater wrong than he who gives the lie to God's messages, and turns away from them? We will repay those who turn away from Our messages with the worst kind of punishment, because of their turning away.

Compare translations (4)

Or lest ye should say: If the Scripture had been revealed unto us, we surely had been better guided than are they. Now hath there come unto you a clear proof from your Lord, a guidance and mercy; and who doeth greater wrong than he who denieth the revelations of Allah, and turneth away from them? We award unto those who turn away from Our revelations an evil doom because of their aversion

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Or, lest ye should say, 'Had we had a book revealed to us we should surely have been more guided than they;' but there is come to them a manifest sign from their Lord, and a guidance and a mercy; who then is more unjust than he who calls God's signs lies, and turns from them? we will reward those who turn from our signs with an evil punishment for that they turned away

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Or lest ye should say, "If a book had been sent down to us, we had surely followed the guidance better than they." But now hath a clear exposition come to you from your Lord, and a guidance and a mercy. Who then is more wicked than he who treateth the signs of God as lies, and turneth aside from them? We will recompense those who turn aside from our signs with an evil punishment, because they have turned aside

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Or lest ye should say, if a book of divine revelations had been sent down unto us, we would surely have better directed than they. And now hath a manifest declaration come unto you from your Lord, and a direction and mercy: And who is more unjust than he who deviseth lies against the signs of God, and turneth aside from them? We will reward those who turn aside from our signs with a grievous punishment, because they have turned aside

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:158

هَلْ يَنظُرُونَ إِلَّآ أَن تَأْتِيَهُمُ ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةُ أَوْ يَأْتِىَ رَبُّكَ أَوْ يَأْتِىَ بَعْضُ ءَايَٰتِ رَبِّكَ يَوْمَ يَأْتِى بَعْضُ ءَايَٰتِ رَبِّكَ لَا يَنفَعُ نَفْسًا إِيمَٰنُهَا لَمْ تَكُنْ ءَامَنَتْ مِن قَبْلُ أَوْ كَسَبَتْ فِىٓ إِيمَٰنِهَا خَيْرًا قُلِ ٱنتَظِرُوٓا۟ إِنَّا مُنتَظِرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)hal yanzuroona illaa an ta'tiyahumu l-malaa'ikatu aw ya'tiya rabbuka aw ya'tiya ba'du aayaati rabbika yawma ya'tee ba'du aayaati rabbika laa yanfa'u nafsan eemaanuhaa lam takun aamanat min qablu aw kasabat fee eemaanihaa khayran quli ntaziroo innaa muntaziroon

DIN 31635hal yanẓurūna ʾillā ʾan taʾtiyahumu l-malāʾikatu ʾaw yaʾtiya rabbuka ʾaw yaʾtiya baʿḍu ʾāyāti rabbika yawma yaʾtī baʿḍu ʾāyāti rabbika lā yanfaʿu nafsan ʾīmānuhā lam takun ʾāmanat min qablu ʾaw kasabat fī ʾīmānihā ḫayran quli ntaẓirū ʾinnā muntaẓirūna

Are they waiting for anything but for the angels to come to them, or for your Lord to arrive, or for some of your Lord's signs to come? On the Day when some of your Lord's signs come, no soul will benefit from its faith unless it had believed previously, or had earned goodness through its faith. Say, "Wait, we too are waiting."

Compare translations (4)

Wait they, indeed, for nothing less than that the angels should come unto them, or thy Lord should come, or there should come one of the portents from thy Lord? In the day when one of the portents from thy Lord cometh, its belief availeth naught a soul which theretofore believed not, nor in its belief earned good (by works). Say: Wait ye! Lo! We (too) are waiting

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

What do they expect but that the angels should come for them, or that thy Lord should come, or that some signs of thy Lord should come? On the day when some signs do come, its faith shall profit no soul which did not believe before, unless it has earned some good by its faith. Say, 'Wait ye expectant, then we wait expectant too

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

What wait they for, but the coming of the angels to them, or the coming of thy Lord Himself, or that some of the sings of the Lord should come to pass? On the day when some of thy Lord's signs shall come to pass, its faith shall not profit a soul which believed not before, nor wrought good works in virtue of its faith. SAY: Wait ye. Verily, we will wait also

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Do they wait for any other than that the angels should come unto them, to part their souls from their bodies; or that thy Lord should come to punish them; or that some of the signs of thy Lord should come to pass, shewing the day of judgement to be at hand? On the day whereon some of thy Lord's signs shall come to pass, its faith shall not profit a soul which believed not before, or wrought not good in its faith. Say, wait ye for this day; we surely do wait for it

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:159

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ فَرَّقُوا۟ دِينَهُمْ وَكَانُوا۟ شِيَعًا لَّسْتَ مِنْهُمْ فِى شَىْءٍ إِنَّمَآ أَمْرُهُمْ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ ثُمَّ يُنَبِّئُهُم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَفْعَلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna lladheena farraqoo deenahum wakaanoo shiya'an lasta minhum fee shay'in innamaa amruhum ilaa llaahi thumma yunabbi'uhum bimaa kaanoo yaf'aloon

DIN 31635ʾinna llaḏīna farraqū dīnahum wakānū šiyaʿan lasta minhum fī šayʾin ʾinnamā ʾamruhum ʾilā llāhi ṯumma yunabbiʾuhum bimā kānū yafʿalūna

As for those who divided their religion and became sects-you have nothing to do with them. Their case rests with God; then He will inform them of what they used to do.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! As for those who sunder their religion and become schismatics, no concern at all hast thou with them. Their case will go to Allah, Who then will tell them what they used to do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, those who divided their religion and became sects, thou hast not to do with them, their matter is in God's hands, He will yet inform them of that which they have done

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

As to those who split up their religion and become sects, have thou nothing to do with them: their affair is with God only. Hereafter shall he tell them what they have done

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They who make a division in their religion, and become sectaries, have thou nothing to do with them; their affair belongeth only unto God. Hereafter shall He declare unto them that which they have done

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:160

مَن جَآءَ بِٱلْحَسَنَةِ فَلَهُۥ عَشْرُ أَمْثَالِهَا وَمَن جَآءَ بِٱلسَّيِّئَةِ فَلَا يُجْزَىٰٓ إِلَّا مِثْلَهَا وَهُمْ لَا يُظْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)man jaa'a bil-hasanati falahu 'ashru amthaalihaa waman jaa'a bis-sayyi'ati falaa yujzaa illaa mithlahaa wahum laa yuzlamoon

DIN 31635man ǧāʾa bil-ḥasanati falahu ʿašru ʾamṯālihā waman ǧāʾa bis-sayyiʾati falā yuǧzā ʾillā miṯlahā wahum lā yuẓlamūna

The translators word this verse differently

Whoever comes up with a good deed will have ten times its like; and whoever comes up with an evil deed will be repaid only with its equivalent-they will not be wronged.

Compare translations (4)

Whoso bringeth a good deed will receive tenfold the like thereof, while whoso bringeth an ill-deed will be awarded but the like thereof; and they will not be wronged

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He who brings a good work shall have ten like it; but he who brings a bad work shall be recompensed only with the like thereof, for they shall not be wronged

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

He who shall present himself with good works shall receive a tenfold reward; but he who shall present himself with evil works shall receive none other than a like punishment: and they shall not be treated unjustly

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

He who shall appear with good works, shall receive a tenfold recompense for the same; but he who shall appear with evil works, shall receive only an equal punishment for the same; and they shall not be treated unjustly

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:161

قُلْ إِنَّنِى هَدَىٰنِى رَبِّىٓ إِلَىٰ صِرَٰطٍ مُّسْتَقِيمٍ دِينًا قِيَمًا مِّلَّةَ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ حَنِيفًا وَمَا كَانَ مِنَ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul innanee hadaanee rabbee ilaa siraatin mustaqeemin deenan qiyaman millata ibraaheema haneefan wamaa kaana mina l-mushrikeen

DIN 31635qul ʾinnanī hadānī rabbī ʾilā ṣirāṭin mustaqīmin dīnan qiyaman millata ʾibrāhīma ḥanīfan wamā kāna mina l-mušrikīna

Say, "My Lord has guided me to a straight path, an upright religion, the creed of Abraham the Monotheist, who was not a polytheist."

Compare translations (4)

Say: Lo! As for me, my Lord hath guided me unto a straight path, a right religion, the community of Abraham, the upright, who was no idolater

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'As for me, my Lord has guided me to the right way, a right religion,- the faith of Abraham the 'Hanif, for he was not of the idolaters

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: As for me, my Lord hath guided me into a straight path; a true religion, the creed of Abraham, the sound in faith; for he was not of those who join gods with God

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, verily my Lord hath directed me into a right way, a true religion, the sect of Abraham the orthodox; and he was no idolater

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:162

قُلْ إِنَّ صَلَاتِى وَنُسُكِى وَمَحْيَاىَ وَمَمَاتِى لِلَّهِ رَبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul inna salaatee wanusukee wamahyaaya wamamaatee lillaahi rabbi l-'aalameen

DIN 31635qul ʾinna ṣalātī wanusukī wamaḥyāya wamamātī lillāhi rabbi l-ʿālamīna

Say, "My prayer and my worship, and my life and my death, are devoted to God, the Lord of the Worlds.

Compare translations (4)

Say: Lo! my worship and my sacrifice and my living and my dying are for Allah, Lord of the Worlds

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'Verily, my prayers and my devotion and my life and my death belong to God, the Lord of the worlds

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: My prayers and my worship and my life and my death are unto God, Lord of the Worlds

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, verily my prayers, and my worship, and my life, and my death are dedicated unto God, the Lord of all creatures

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:163

لَا شَرِيكَ لَهُۥ وَبِذَٰلِكَ أُمِرْتُ وَأَنَا۠ أَوَّلُ ٱلْمُسْلِمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)laa shareeka lahu wabidhaalika umirtu wa'anaa awwalu l-muslimeen

DIN 31635lā šarīka lahu wabiḏālika ʾumirtu waʾanā ʾawwalu l-muslimīna

No associate has He. Thus I am commanded, and I am the first of those who submit.

Compare translations (4)

He hath no partner. This am I commanded, and I am first of those who surrender (unto Him)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He has no partner; that is what I am bidden; for I am first of those who are resigned

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

He hath no associate. This am I commanded, and I am the first of the Muslims

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

He hath no companion. This have I been commanded: I am the first Moslem

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

6:164

قُلْ أَغَيْرَ ٱللَّهِ أَبْغِى رَبًّا وَهُوَ رَبُّ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ وَلَا تَكْسِبُ كُلُّ نَفْسٍ إِلَّا عَلَيْهَا وَلَا تَزِرُ وَازِرَةٌ وِزْرَ أُخْرَىٰ ثُمَّ إِلَىٰ رَبِّكُم مَّرْجِعُكُمْ فَيُنَبِّئُكُم بِمَا كُنتُمْ فِيهِ تَخْتَلِفُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul aghayra llaahi abghee rabban wahuwa rabbu kulli shay'in walaa taksibu kullu nafsin illaa 'alayhaa walaa taziru waaziratun wizra ukhraa thumma ilaa rabbikum marji'ukum fayunabbi'ukum bimaa kuntum feehi takhtalifoon

DIN 31635qul ʾaġayra llāhi ʾabġī rabban wahuwa rabbu kulli šayʾin walā taksibu kullu nafsin ʾillā ʿalayhā walā taziru wāziratun wizra ʾuḫrā ṯumma ʾilā rabbikum marǧiʿukum fayunabbiʾukum bimā kuntum fīhi taḫtalifūna

Say, "Am I to seek a Lord other than God, when He is the Lord of all things?" No soul gets except what it is due, and no soul bears the burdens of another. Then to your Lord is your return, then He will inform you regarding your disputes.

Compare translations (4)

Say: Shall I seek another than Allah for Lord, when He is Lord of all things? Each soul earneth only on its own account, nor doth any laden bear another's load. Then unto your Lord is your return and He will tell you that wherein ye differed

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'Other than God shall I crave for a Lord when He is Lord of all?' but no soul shall earn aught save against itself; nor shall one bearing a burden bear the burden of another; and then unto your Lord is your return, and He will inform you concerning that whereon ye do dispute

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: Shall I seek any other Lord than God, when He is Lord of all things? No soul shall labour but for itself; and no burdened one shall bear another's burden. At last ye shall return to your Lord, and he will declare that to you about which you differ

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, shall I desire any other Lord besides God? Since He is the Lord of all things; and no soul shall acquire any merits or demerits but for itself; and no burdened soul shall bear the burden of another. Moreover unto your Lord shall ye return; and He shall declare unto you that concerning which ye now dispute

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
6:165

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى جَعَلَكُمْ خَلَٰٓئِفَ ٱلْأَرْضِ وَرَفَعَ بَعْضَكُمْ فَوْقَ بَعْضٍ دَرَجَٰتٍ لِّيَبْلُوَكُمْ فِى مَآ ءَاتَىٰكُمْ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ سَرِيعُ ٱلْعِقَابِ وَإِنَّهُۥ لَغَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌۢ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wahuwa lladhee ja'alakum khalaa'ifa l-'ardi warafa'a ba'dakum fawqa ba'din darajaatin liyabluwakum fee maa aataakum inna rabbaka saree'u l-'iqaabi wa'innahu laghafoorun raheem

DIN 31635wahuwa llaḏī ǧaʿalakum ḫalāʾifa l-ʾarḍi warafaʿa baʿḍakum fawqa baʿḍin daraǧātin liyabluwakum fī mā ʾātākum ʾinna rabbaka sarīʿu l-ʿiqābi waʾinnahu laġafūrun raḥīmun

It is He who made you successors on the earth, and raised some of you in ranks over others, in order to test you through what He has given you. Your Lord is Quick in retribution, and He is Forgiving and Merciful.

Compare translations (4)

He it is Who hath placed you as viceroys of the earth and hath exalted some of you in rank above others, that He may try you by (the test of) that which He hath given you. Lo! Thy Lord is swift in prosecution, and Lo! He verily is Forgiving, Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He it is who made you vicegerents, and raised some of you above others in degree, to try you by that which he has brought you;- verily, thy Lord is swift to punish, but, verily, He is forgiving and merciful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And it is He who hath made you the successors of others on the earth, and hath raised some of you above others by various grades, that he may prove you by his gifts. Verily thy Lord is swift to punish. But He is also Gracious, Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

It is He who hath appointed you to succeed your predecessors in the earth, and hath raised some of you above others by various degrees of worldly advantages, that He might prove you by that which He hath bestowed on you. Thy Lord is swift in punishing; and He is also gracious and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

Arabic textTanzil Qur'an text (Uthmani) ·Uthmani, Version 1.1·Tanzil Project ·Creative Commons Attribution 3.0·retrieved 24 Aug 2026

Qur'anic text from the Tanzil Project. Copyright (C) 2007-2026 Tanzil Project License: Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Source: tanzil.net · Updates: tanzil.net/updates/ https://tanzil.net/updates/

Translations Edward Henry Palmer, English translation of the Qur'an·Public domain — copyright term expired

Edward Henry Palmer, English translation of the Qur'an ·1880 translation, digital edition of unverified printing·None — public domain work ·Public domain — copyright term expired·retrieved 24 Aug 2026

Translations George Sale, English translation of the Qur'an·Public domain — copyright term expired

George Sale, English translation of the Qur'an ·1734 translation, digital edition of unverified printing·None — public domain work ·Public domain — copyright term expired·retrieved 24 Aug 2026

Translations John Medows Rodwell, English translation of the Qur'an·Public domain — copyright term expired

John Medows Rodwell, English translation of the Qur'an ·1861 translation, digital edition of unverified printing·None — public domain work ·Public domain — copyright term expired·retrieved 24 Aug 2026

Translations Pickthall, The Meaning of the Glorious Koran·Public domain — copyright term expired

Pickthall, The Meaning of the Glorious Koran ·1930 translation, digital edition of unverified printing·None — public domain work ·Public domain — copyright term expired·retrieved 24 Aug 2026

Translations Talal Itani, ClearQuran·Creative Commons Attribution-NoDerivatives 4.0 International

Talal Itani, ClearQuran ·ClearQuran, "God" edition, EPUB·Talal Itani / ClearQuran.com ·Creative Commons Attribution-NoDerivatives 4.0 International·retrieved 7 Sep 2026

Translation by Talal Itani, ClearQuran.com https://clearquran.com